]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Document -H option
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @c ======================================================================
14 @c This document has three levels of rendition: PUBLISH, DISTRIB or PROOF,
15 @c as decided by @set symbols. The PUBLISH rendition does not show
16 @c notes or marks asking for revision. Most users will prefer having more
17 @c information, even if this information is not fully revised for adequacy,
18 @c so DISTRIB is the default for tar distributions. The PROOF rendition
19 @c show all marks to the point of ugliness, but is nevertheless useful to
20 @c those working on the manual itself.
21 @c ======================================================================
22
23 @ifclear PUBLISH
24 @ifclear DISTRIB
25 @ifclear PROOF
26 @set DISTRIB
27 @end ifclear
28 @end ifclear
29 @end ifclear
30
31 @ifset PUBLISH
32 @set RENDITION The book, version
33 @end ifset
34
35 @ifset DISTRIB
36 @set RENDITION FTP release, version
37 @end ifset
38
39 @ifset PROOF
40 @set RENDITION Proof reading version
41 @end ifset
42
43 @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
44 @c The @FIXME's, @UNREVISED and @c comments are part Fran@,{c}ois's work
45 @c plan. These annotations are somewhat precious to him; he asks that I
46 @c do not alter them inconsiderately. Much work is needed for GNU tar
47 @c internals (the sources, the programs themselves). Revising the
48 @c adequacy of the manual while revising the sources, and cleaning them
49 @c both at the same time, is a good way to proceed.
50 @c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
51
52 @c Output marks for nodes needing revision, but not in PUBLISH rendition.
53
54 @macro UNREVISED
55 @ifclear PUBLISH
56 @quotation
57 @emph{(This message will disappear, once this node revised.)}
58 @end quotation
59 @end ifclear
60 @end macro
61
62 @c Output various FIXME information only in PROOF rendition.
63
64 @macro FIXME{string}
65 @allow-recursion
66 @quote-arg
67 @ifset PROOF
68 @strong{<FIXME>} \string\ @strong{</>}
69 @end ifset
70
71 @end macro
72
73 @macro FIXME-ref{string}
74 @quote-arg
75 @ifset PROOF
76 @strong{<REF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
77 @end ifset
78
79 @end macro
80
81 @macro FIXME-pxref{string}
82 @quote-arg
83 @ifset PROOF
84 @strong{<PXREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
85 @end ifset
86
87 @end macro
88
89 @macro FIXME-xref{string}
90 @quote-arg
91 @ifset PROOF
92 @strong{<XREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
93 @end ifset
94
95 @end macro
96
97 @c @macro option{entry}
98 @c @quote-arg
99 @c @opindex{--\entry\}
100 @c @value{\entry\}
101 @c @end macro
102
103 @macro GNUTAR
104 @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
105 @end macro
106
107 @set op-absolute-names @kbd{--absolute-names} (@kbd{-P})
108 @set ref-absolute-names @ref{absolute}
109 @set xref-absolute-names @xref{absolute}
110 @set pxref-absolute-names @pxref{absolute}
111
112 @set op-after-date @kbd{--after-date=@var{date}} (@kbd{--newer=@var{date}}, @kbd{-N @var{date}})
113 @set ref-after-date @ref{after}
114 @set xref-after-date @xref{after}
115 @set pxref-after-date @pxref{after}
116
117 @set op-append @kbd{--append} (@kbd{-r})
118 @set ref-append @ref{add}
119 @set xref-append @xref{add}
120 @set pxref-append @pxref{add}
121
122 @set op-atime-preserve @kbd{--atime-preserve}
123 @set ref-atime-preserve @ref{Attributes}
124 @set xref-atime-preserve @xref{Attributes}
125 @set pxref-atime-preserve @pxref{Attributes}
126
127 @set op-backup @kbd{--backup}
128 @set ref-backup @ref{Backup options}
129 @set xref-backup @xref{Backup options}
130 @set pxref-backup @pxref{Backup options}
131
132 @set op-block-number @kbd{--block-number} (@kbd{-R})
133 @set ref-block-number @ref{verbose}
134 @set xref-block-number @xref{verbose}
135 @set pxref-block-number @pxref{verbose}
136
137 @set op-blocking-factor @kbd{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@kbd{-b @var{512-size}})
138 @set ref-blocking-factor @ref{Blocking Factor}
139 @set xref-blocking-factor @xref{Blocking Factor}
140 @set pxref-blocking-factor @pxref{Blocking Factor}
141
142 @set op-bzip2 @kbd{--bzip2} (@kbd{-j})
143 @set ref-bzip2 @ref{gzip}
144 @set xref-bzip2 @xref{gzip}
145 @set pxref-bzip2 @pxref{gzip}
146
147 @set op-check-links @kbd{--check-links} (@kbd{-l})
148 @set ref-check-links @ref{--check-links}
149 @set xref-check-links @xref{--check-links}
150 @set pxref-check-links @pxref{--check-links}
151
152 @set op-checkpoint @kbd{--checkpoint}
153 @set ref-checkpoint @ref{verbose}
154 @set xref-checkpoint @xref{verbose}
155 @set pxref-checkpoint @pxref{verbose}
156
157 @set op-check-links @kbd{--check-links}
158
159 @set op-compare @kbd{--compare} (@kbd{--diff}, @kbd{-d})
160 @set ref-compare @ref{compare}
161 @set xref-compare @xref{compare}
162 @set pxref-compare @pxref{compare}
163
164 @set op-compress @kbd{--compress} (@kbd{--uncompress}, @kbd{-Z})
165 @set ref-compress @ref{gzip}
166 @set xref-compress @xref{gzip}
167 @set pxref-compress @pxref{gzip}
168
169 @set op-concatenate @kbd{--concatenate} (@kbd{--catenate}, @kbd{-A})
170 @set ref-concatenate @ref{concatenate}
171 @set xref-concatenate @xref{concatenate}
172 @set pxref-concatenate @pxref{concatenate}
173
174 @set op-create @kbd{--create} (@kbd{-c})
175 @set ref-create @ref{create}
176 @set xref-create @xref{create}
177 @set pxref-create @pxref{create}
178
179 @set op-delete @kbd{--delete}
180 @set ref-delete @ref{delete}
181 @set xref-delete @xref{delete}
182 @set pxref-delete @pxref{delete}
183
184 @set op-dereference @kbd{--dereference} (@kbd{-h})
185 @set ref-dereference @ref{dereference}
186 @set xref-dereference @xref{dereference}
187 @set pxref-dereference @pxref{dereference}
188
189 @set op-directory @kbd{--directory=@var{directory}} (@kbd{-C @var{directory}})
190 @set ref-directory @ref{directory}
191 @set xref-directory @xref{directory}
192 @set pxref-directory @pxref{directory}
193
194 @set op-exclude @kbd{--exclude=@var{pattern}}
195 @set ref-exclude @ref{exclude}
196 @set xref-exclude @xref{exclude}
197 @set pxref-exclude @pxref{exclude}
198
199 @set op-exclude-from @kbd{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} (@kbd{-X @var{file-of-patterns}})
200 @set ref-exclude-from @ref{exclude}
201 @set xref-exclude-from @xref{exclude}
202 @set pxref-exclude-from @pxref{exclude}
203
204 @set op-extract @kbd{--extract} (@kbd{--get}, @kbd{-x})
205 @set ref-extract @ref{extract}
206 @set xref-extract @xref{extract}
207 @set pxref-extract @pxref{extract}
208
209 @set op-file @kbd{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@kbd{-f @var{archive-name}})
210 @set ref-file @ref{file}
211 @set xref-file @xref{file}
212 @set pxref-file @pxref{file}
213
214 @set op-files-from @kbd{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@kbd{-T @var{file-of-names}})
215 @set ref-files-from @ref{files}
216 @set xref-files-from @xref{files}
217 @set pxref-files-from @pxref{files}
218
219 @set op-force-local @kbd{--force-local}
220 @set ref-force-local @ref{file}
221 @set xref-force-local @xref{file}
222 @set pxref-force-local @pxref{file}
223
224 @set op-group @kbd{--group=@var{group}}
225 @set ref-group @ref{Option Summary}
226 @set xref-group @xref{Option Summary}
227 @set pxref-group @pxref{Option Summary}
228
229 @set op-gzip @kbd{--gzip} (@kbd{--gunzip}, @kbd{--ungzip}, @kbd{-z})
230 @set ref-gzip @ref{gzip}
231 @set xref-gzip @xref{gzip}
232 @set pxref-gzip @pxref{gzip}
233
234 @set op-help @kbd{--help}
235 @set ref-help @ref{help}
236 @set xref-help @xref{help}
237 @set pxref-help @pxref{help}
238
239 @set op-ignore-failed-read @kbd{--ignore-failed-read}
240 @set ref-ignore-failed-read @ref{create options}
241 @set xref-ignore-failed-read @xref{create options}
242 @set pxref-ignore-failed-read @pxref{create options}
243
244 @set op-ignore-zeros @kbd{--ignore-zeros} (@kbd{-i})
245 @set ref-ignore-zeros @ref{Reading}
246 @set xref-ignore-zeros @xref{Reading}
247 @set pxref-ignore-zeros @pxref{Reading}
248
249 @set op-incremental @kbd{--incremental} (@kbd{-G})
250 @set ref-incremental @ref{Inc Dumps}
251 @set xref-incremental @xref{Inc Dumps}
252 @set pxref-incremental @pxref{Inc Dumps}
253
254 @set op-info-script @kbd{--info-script=@var{script-name}} (@kbd{--new-volume-script=@var{script-name}}, @kbd{-F @var{script-name}})
255 @set ref-info-script @ref{Multi-Volume Archives}
256 @set xref-info-script @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}
257 @set pxref-info-script @pxref{Multi-Volume Archives}
258
259 @set op-interactive @kbd{--interactive} (@kbd{-w})
260 @set ref-interactive @ref{interactive}
261 @set xref-interactive @xref{interactive}
262 @set pxref-interactive @pxref{interactive}
263
264 @set op-keep-old-files @kbd{--keep-old-files} (@kbd{-k})
265 @set ref-keep-old-files @ref{Keep Old Files}
266 @set xref-keep-old-files @xref{Keep Old Files}
267 @set pxref-keep-old-files @pxref{Keep Old Files}
268
269 @set op-keep-newer-files @kbd{--keep-old-files}
270 @set ref-keep-newer-files @ref{Keep Newer Files}
271 @set xref-keep-newer-files @xref{Keep Newer Files}
272 @set pxref-keep-newer-files @pxref{Keep Newer Files}
273
274 @set op-label @kbd{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@kbd{-V @var{archive-label}})
275 @set ref-label @ref{label}
276 @set xref-label @xref{label}
277 @set pxref-label @pxref{label}
278
279 @set op-list @kbd{--list} (@kbd{-t})
280 @set ref-list @ref{list}
281 @set xref-list @xref{list}
282 @set pxref-list @pxref{list}
283
284 @set op-listed-incremental @kbd{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@kbd{-g @var{snapshot-file}})
285 @set ref-listed-incremental @ref{Inc Dumps}
286 @set xref-listed-incremental @xref{Inc Dumps}
287 @set pxref-listed-incremental @pxref{Inc Dumps}
288
289 @set op-mode @kbd{--mode=@var{permissions}}
290 @set ref-mode @ref{Option Summary}
291 @set xref-mode @xref{Option Summary}
292 @set pxref-mode @pxref{Option Summary}
293
294 @set op-multi-volume @kbd{--multi-volume} (@kbd{-M})
295 @set ref-multi-volume @ref{Multi-Volume Archives}
296 @set xref-multi-volume @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}
297 @set pxref-multi-volume @pxref{Multi-Volume Archives}
298
299 @set op-newer-mtime @kbd{--newer-mtime=@var{date}}
300 @set ref-newer-mtime @ref{after}
301 @set xref-newer-mtime @xref{after}
302 @set pxref-newer-mtime @pxref{after}
303
304 @set op-no-recursion @kbd{--no-recursion}
305 @set ref-no-recursion @ref{recurse}
306 @set xref-no-recursion @xref{recurse}
307 @set pxref-no-recursion @pxref{recurse}
308
309 @set op-no-same-owner @kbd{--no-same-owner} (@kbd{-o})
310 @set ref-no-same-owner @ref{Attributes}
311 @set xref-no-same-owner @xref{Attributes}
312 @set pxref-no-same-owner @pxref{Attributes}
313
314 @set op-no-same-permissions @kbd{--no-same-permissions}
315 @set ref-no-same-permissions @ref{Attributes}
316 @set xref-no-same-permissions @xref{Attributes}
317 @set pxref-no-same-permissions @pxref{Attributes}
318
319 @set op-null @kbd{--null}
320 @set ref-null @ref{files}
321 @set xref-null @xref{files}
322 @set pxref-null @pxref{files}
323
324 @set op-numeric-owner @kbd{--numeric-owner}
325 @set ref-numeric-owner @ref{Attributes}
326 @set xref-numeric-owner @xref{Attributes}
327 @set pxref-numeric-owner @pxref{Attributes}
328
329 @set op-occurrence @kbd{--occurrence}
330 @set ref-occurrence @ref{--occurrence}
331 @set xref-occurrence @xref{--occurrence}
332 @set pxref-occurrence @pxref{--occurrence}
333
334 @set op-old-archive @kbd{--old-archive} (@kbd{-o})
335 @set ref-old-archive @ref{old}
336 @set xref-old-archive @xref{old}
337 @set pxref-old-archive @pxref{old}
338
339 @set op-one-file-system @kbd{--one-file-system} (@kbd{-l})
340 @set ref-one-file-system @ref{one}
341 @set xref-one-file-system @xref{one}
342 @set pxref-one-file-system @pxref{one}
343
344 @set op-overwrite @kbd{--overwrite}
345 @set ref-overwrite @ref{Overwrite Old Files}
346 @set xref-overwrite @xref{Overwrite Old Files}
347 @set pxref-overwrite @pxref{Overwrite Old Files}
348
349 @set op-owner @kbd{--owner=@var{user}}
350 @set ref-owner @ref{Option Summary}
351 @set xref-owner @xref{Option Summary}
352 @set pxref-owner @pxref{Option Summary}
353
354 @set op-format @kbd{--format} (@kbd{-H})
355 @set ref-format @ref{format}
356 @set xref-format @xref{format}
357 @set pxref-format @pxref{format}
358
359 @set op-format-v7 @kbd{--format=v7}
360 @set op-format-gnu @kbd{--format=gnu}
361 @set op-format-oldgnu @kbd{--format=oldgnu}
362 @set op-format-posix @kbd{--format=posix}
363 @set op-format-ustar @kbd{--format=ustar}
364
365 @set op-posix @kbd{--posix}
366 @set ref-posix @ref{posix}
367 @set xref-posix @xref{posix}
368 @set pxref-posix @pxref{posix}
369
370 @set op-preserve @kbd{--preserve}
371 @set ref-preserve @ref{Attributes}
372 @set xref-preserve @xref{Attributes}
373 @set pxref-preserve @pxref{Attributes}
374
375 @set op-record-size @kbd{--record-size=@var{size}}
376 @set ref-record-size @ref{Blocking}
377 @set xref-record-size @xref{Blocking}
378 @set pxref-record-size @pxref{Blocking}
379
380 @set op-recursive-unlink @kbd{--recursive-unlink}
381 @set ref-recursive-unlink @ref{Writing}
382 @set xref-recursive-unlink @xref{Writing}
383 @set pxref-recursive-unlink @pxref{Writing}
384
385 @set op-read-full-records @kbd{--read-full-records} (@kbd{-B})
386 @set ref-read-full-records @ref{Blocking}
387 @set xref-read-full-records @xref{Blocking}
388 @set pxref-read-full-records @pxref{Blocking}
389 @c FIXME: or should it be Reading, or Blocking Factor
390
391 @set op-remove-files @kbd{--remove-files}
392 @set ref-remove-files @ref{Writing}
393 @set xref-remove-files @xref{Writing}
394 @set pxref-remove-files @pxref{Writing}
395
396 @set op-rmt-command @kbd{rmt-command=@var{command}}
397 @set op-rsh-command @kbd{rsh-command=@var{command}}
398
399 @set op-same-order @kbd{--same-order} (@kbd{--preserve-order}, @kbd{-s})
400 @set ref-same-order @ref{Scarce}
401 @set xref-same-order @xref{Scarce}
402 @set pxref-same-order @pxref{Scarce}
403 @c FIXME: or should it be Reading, or Attributes?
404
405 @set op-same-owner @kbd{--same-owner}
406 @set ref-same-owner @ref{Attributes}
407 @set xref-same-owner @xref{Attributes}
408 @set pxref-same-owner @pxref{Attributes}
409
410 @set op-same-permissions @kbd{--same-permissions} (@kbd{--preserve-permissions}, @kbd{-p})
411 @set ref-same-permissions @ref{Attributes}
412 @set xref-same-permissions @xref{Attributes}
413 @set pxref-same-permissions @pxref{Attributes}
414 @c FIXME: or should it be Writing?
415
416 @set op-show-omitted-dirs @kbd{--show-omitted-dirs}
417 @set ref-show-omitted-dirs @ref{verbose}
418 @set xref-show-omitted-dirs @xref{verbose}
419 @set pxref-show-omitted-dirs @pxref{verbose}
420
421 @set op-sparse @kbd{--sparse} (@kbd{-S})
422 @set ref-sparse @ref{sparse}
423 @set xref-sparse @xref{sparse}
424 @set pxref-sparse @pxref{sparse}
425
426 @set op-starting-file @kbd{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@kbd{-K @var{name}})
427 @set ref-starting-file @ref{Scarce}
428 @set xref-starting-file @xref{Scarce}
429 @set pxref-starting-file @pxref{Scarce}
430
431 @set op-strip-components @kbd{--strip-components}
432 @set ref-strip-components @ref{--strip-components}
433 @set xref-strip-components @xref{--strip-components}
434 @set pxref-strip-components @pxref{--strip-components}
435
436 @set op-suffix @kbd{--suffix=@var{suffix}}
437 @set ref-suffix @ref{Backup options}
438 @set xref-suffix @xref{Backup options}
439 @set pxref-suffix @pxref{Backup options}
440
441 @set op-tape-length @kbd{--tape-length=@var{1024-size}} (@kbd{-L @var{1024-size}})
442 @set ref-tape-length @ref{Using Multiple Tapes}
443 @set xref-tape-length @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}
444 @set pxref-tape-length @pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}
445
446 @set op-to-stdout @kbd{--to-stdout} (@kbd{-O})
447 @set ref-to-stdout @ref{Writing}
448 @set xref-to-stdout @xref{Writing}
449 @set pxref-to-stdout @pxref{Writing}
450
451 @set op-totals @kbd{--totals}
452 @set ref-totals @ref{verbose}
453 @set xref-totals @xref{verbose}
454 @set pxref-totals @pxref{verbose}
455
456 @set op-touch @kbd{--touch} (@kbd{-m})
457 @set ref-touch @ref{Writing}
458 @set xref-touch @xref{Writing}
459 @set pxref-touch @pxref{Writing}
460
461 @set op-unlink-first @kbd{--unlink-first} (@kbd{-U})
462 @set ref-unlink-first @ref{Writing}
463 @set xref-unlink-first @xref{Writing}
464 @set pxref-unlink-first @pxref{Writing}
465
466 @set op-update @kbd{--update} (@kbd{-u})
467 @set ref-update @ref{update}
468 @set xref-update @xref{update}
469 @set pxref-update @pxref{update}
470
471 @set op-use-compress-prog @kbd{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}}
472 @set ref-use-compress-prog @ref{gzip}
473 @set xref-use-compress-prog @xref{gzip}
474 @set pxref-use-compress-prog @pxref{gzip}
475
476 @set op-verbose @kbd{--verbose} (@kbd{-v})
477 @set ref-verbose @ref{verbose}
478 @set xref-verbose @xref{verbose}
479 @set pxref-verbose @pxref{verbose}
480
481 @set op-verify @kbd{--verify} (@kbd{-W})
482 @set ref-verify @ref{verify}
483 @set xref-verify @xref{verify}
484 @set pxref-verify @pxref{verify}
485
486 @set op-version @kbd{--version}
487 @set ref-version @ref{help}
488 @set xref-version @xref{help}
489 @set pxref-version @pxref{help}
490
491 @set op-volno-file @kbd{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}}
492 @set ref-volno-file @ref{Using Multiple Tapes}
493 @set xref-volno-file @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}
494 @set pxref-volno-file @pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}
495
496 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
497 @syncodeindex fn cp
498 @syncodeindex ky cp
499 @syncodeindex pg cp
500 @syncodeindex vr cp
501
502 @defindex op
503 @syncodeindex op cp
504
505 @copying
506
507 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
508 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
509 from archives.
510
511 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
512 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
513
514 @quotation
515 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
516 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
517 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
518 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
519 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
520 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
521 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
522
523 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
524 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
525 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
526 @end quotation
527 @end copying
528
529 @dircategory Archiving
530 @direntry
531 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
532 @end direntry
533
534 @dircategory Individual utilities
535 @direntry
536 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
537 @end direntry
538
539 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
540
541 @titlepage
542 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
543 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
544 @author Melissa Weisshaus, Jay Fenlason,
545 @author Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Amy Gorin
546 @c he said to remove it: Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
547 @c i'm thinking about how the author page *should* look. -mew 2may96
548
549 @page
550 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
551 @insertcopying
552 @end titlepage
553
554 @ifnottex
555 @node Top
556 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
557
558 @insertcopying
559
560 @cindex file archival
561 @cindex archiving files
562
563 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
564 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
565 @end ifnottex
566
567 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
568 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
569
570 @menu
571 * Introduction::
572 * Tutorial::
573 * tar invocation::
574 * operations::
575 * Backups::
576 * Choosing::
577 * Date input formats::
578 * Formats::
579 * Media::
580 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
581 * Copying This Manual::
582 * Index::
583
584 @detailmenu
585 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
586
587 Introduction
588
589 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
590 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
591 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
592 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
593 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
594 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
595 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
596
597 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
598
599 * assumptions::
600 * stylistic conventions::
601 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
602 * frequent operations::
603 * Two Frequent Options::
604 * create:: How to Create Archives
605 * list:: How to List Archives
606 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
607 * going further::
608
609 Two Frequently Used Options
610
611 * file tutorial::
612 * verbose tutorial::
613 * help tutorial::
614
615 How to Create Archives
616
617 * prepare for examples::
618 * Creating the archive::
619 * create verbose::
620 * short create::
621 * create dir::
622
623 How to List Archives
624
625 * list dir::
626
627 How to Extract Members from an Archive
628
629 * extracting archives::
630 * extracting files::
631 * extract dir::
632 * failing commands::
633
634 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
635
636 * Synopsis::
637 * using tar options::
638 * Styles::
639 * All Options::
640 * help::
641 * verbose::
642 * interactive::
643
644 The Three Option Styles
645
646 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
647 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
648 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
649 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
650
651 All @command{tar} Options
652
653 * Operation Summary::
654 * Option Summary::
655 * Short Option Summary::
656
657 @GNUTAR{} Operations
658
659 * Basic tar::
660 * Advanced tar::
661 * create options::
662 * extract options::
663 * backup::
664 * Applications::
665 * looking ahead::
666
667 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
668
669 * Operations::
670 * append::
671 * update::
672 * concatenate::
673 * delete::
674 * compare::
675
676 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @code{--append}
677
678 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
679 * multiple::
680
681 Updating an Archive
682
683 * how to update::
684
685 Options Used by @code{--create}
686
687 * Ignore Failed Read::
688
689 Options Used by @code{--extract}
690
691 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
692 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
693 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
694
695 Options to Help Read Archives
696
697 * read full records::
698 * Ignore Zeros::
699
700 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
701
702 * Dealing with Old Files::
703 * Overwrite Old Files::
704 * Keep Old Files::
705 * Keep Newer Files::
706 * Unlink First::
707 * Recursive Unlink::
708 * Modification Times::
709 * Setting Access Permissions::
710 * Writing to Standard Output::
711 * remove files::
712
713 Coping with Scarce Resources
714
715 * Starting File::
716 * Same Order::
717
718 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
719
720 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
721 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
722 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
723 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
724 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
725 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
726 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
727
728 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
729
730 * General-Purpose Variables::
731 * Magnetic Tape Control::
732 * User Hooks::
733 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
734
735 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
736
737 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
738 * Selecting Archive Members::
739 * files:: Reading Names from a File
740 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
741 * Wildcards::
742 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
743 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
744 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
745
746 Reading Names from a File
747
748 * nul::
749
750 Excluding Some Files
751
752 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
753 * problems with exclude::
754
755 Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
756
757 * directory:: Changing Directory
758 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
759
760 Date input formats
761
762 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
763 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
764 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
765 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
766 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
767 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
768 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
769 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
770 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
771
772 Controlling the Archive Format
773
774 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
775 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
776 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
777 * Standard:: The Standard Format
778 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
779 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
780
781 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
782
783 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
784 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
785 * old:: Old V7 Archives
786 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
787 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
788 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
789
790 Using Less Space through Compression
791
792 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
793 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
794
795 Tapes and Other Archive Media
796
797 * Device:: Device selection and switching
798 * Remote Tape Server::
799 * Common Problems and Solutions::
800 * Blocking:: Blocking
801 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
802 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
803 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
804 * verify::
805 * Write Protection::
806
807 Blocking
808
809 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
810 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
811
812 Many Archives on One Tape
813
814 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
815 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
816
817 Using Multiple Tapes
818
819 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
820 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
821
822 Copying This Manual
823
824 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
825
826 @end detailmenu
827 @end menu
828
829 @node Introduction
830 @chapter Introduction
831
832 @GNUTAR{} creates
833 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
834 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
835 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
836 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
837 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
838
839 @menu
840 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
841 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
842 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
843 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
844 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
845 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
846 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
847 @end menu
848
849 @node Book Contents
850 @section What this Book Contains
851
852 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
853 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
854 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
855 or comments.
856
857 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
858 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
859 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
860 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
861 progressive order, building on information already explained.
862
863 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
864 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
865 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
866 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
867 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
868 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
869 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
870 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
871 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
872 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
873
874 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
875 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
876
877 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
878 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
879 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
880 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
881 about a specific topic.
882
883 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
884 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
885 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
886 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
887
888 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
889 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
890 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
891 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
892 indicate this.)
893
894 @node Definitions
895 @section Some Definitions
896
897 @cindex archive
898 @cindex tar archive
899 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
900 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
901 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
902 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
903 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and last modification time.
904 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
905 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
906 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
907
908 @cindex member
909 @cindex archive member
910 @cindex file name
911 @cindex member name
912 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
913 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
914 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
915 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
916 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the filesystem,
917 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
918 archive.
919
920 @cindex extraction
921 @cindex unpacking
922 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
923 member (or multiple members) into a file in the filesystem. Extracting
924 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
925 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
926 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
927 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
928 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
929 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
930 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
931 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
932 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
933
934 @node What tar Does
935 @section What @command{tar} Does
936
937 @cindex tar
938 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
939 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
940 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
941 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
942 stored.
943
944 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
945 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
946 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
947 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
948 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
949
950 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
951
952 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
953 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
954
955 @table @asis
956 @item Storage
957 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
958 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
959 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
960 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
961 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
962 unit.
963
964 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
965 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
966 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
967 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
968 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
969 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
970 archives useful.
971
972 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
973 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
974 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
975 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
976 all dimensions, even time!)
977
978 @item Backup
979 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
980 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
981 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
982 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
983 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
984 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
985 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
986 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
987 filesystem.
988
989 @item Transportation
990 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
991 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
992 files from one system to another.
993 @end table
994
995 @node Naming tar Archives
996 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
997
998 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
999 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
1000 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
1001 it and to make examples more clear.
1002
1003 @cindex tar file
1004 @cindex entry
1005 @cindex tar entry
1006 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
1007 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
1008 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
1009 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
1010 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
1011
1012 @node Current status
1013 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
1014
1015 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
1016 primary aims are:
1017
1018 @itemize @bullet
1019 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
1020 implementations.
1021 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
1022 @item Revise sparse file handling and multiple volume processing.
1023 @item Merge with the @acronym{GNU} @code{paxutils} project.
1024 @end itemize
1025
1026 Some of these aims are already attained, while others are still
1027 being worked upon. From the point of view of an end user, the
1028 following issues need special mentioning:
1029
1030 @table @asis
1031 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
1032
1033 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
1034 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
1035
1036 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
1037 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
1038 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
1039
1040 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
1041 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
1042 Users are encouraged to use @value{op-format-oldgnu} instead.
1043
1044 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
1045 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
1046 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
1047 of this issue and its implications.
1048
1049 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
1050 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
1051
1052 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
1053
1054 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
1055 synonym for @samp{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
1056 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
1057 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
1058 @option{--check-links}.
1059
1060 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
1061
1062 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
1063
1064 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
1065
1066 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
1067 @end table
1068
1069 @node Authors
1070 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
1071
1072 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
1073 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
1074 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
1075 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
1076 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
1077 numerous and kind users.
1078
1079 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
1080 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
1081 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
1082 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
1083 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
1084
1085 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
1086 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
1087 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
1088 i'll think about it.}
1089
1090 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
1091 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
1092
1093 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
1094 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
1095 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
1096 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
1097 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
1098 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
1099 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
1100 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
1101 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
1102 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
1103 thing.}
1104
1105 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
1106 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
1107
1108 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at @url{savannah.gnu.org}, and
1109 an active development and maintenance work has started
1110 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
1111 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
1112
1113 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
1114
1115 @node Reports
1116 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
1117
1118 @cindex bug reports
1119 @cindex reporting bugs
1120 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
1121 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
1122
1123 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
1124 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
1125 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
1126 manual}.
1127
1128 @node Tutorial
1129 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
1130
1131 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
1132 operations: @samp{--create}, @samp{--list}, and @samp{--extract}. If
1133 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
1134 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
1135 details about how @command{tar} works.
1136
1137 @menu
1138 * assumptions::
1139 * stylistic conventions::
1140 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
1141 * frequent operations::
1142 * Two Frequent Options::
1143 * create:: How to Create Archives
1144 * list:: How to List Archives
1145 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
1146 * going further::
1147 @end menu
1148
1149 @node assumptions
1150 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
1151
1152 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
1153 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
1154 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
1155 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
1156 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
1157
1158 @itemize @bullet
1159 @item
1160 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
1161 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
1162 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
1163 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
1164 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
1165 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
1166 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
1167 filesystem. You should have some basic understanding of directory
1168 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
1169 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
1170 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
1171 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
1172 else?}
1173
1174 @item
1175 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
1176 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
1177 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
1178 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
1179 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
1180 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
1181 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
1182
1183 @item
1184 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
1185 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
1186 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
1187 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
1188 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
1189 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
1190 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
1191 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
1192 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
1193
1194 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
1195 @end itemize
1196
1197 @node stylistic conventions
1198 @section Stylistic Conventions
1199
1200 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
1201 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
1202 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
1203 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
1204 sometimes @samp{like this}.
1205
1206 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
1207 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
1208
1209 @node basic tar options
1210 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
1211
1212 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
1213 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
1214 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
1215 operations, and options.
1216
1217 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
1218 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
1219 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
1220 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
1221 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
1222 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
1223
1224 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
1225 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
1226 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
1227 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
1228 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
1229 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
1230
1231 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
1232 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
1233 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
1234 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
1235 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
1236 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
1237 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
1238 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
1239 @command{tar}. We present a full discussion of this way of writing
1240 options and operations appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss
1241 the other two styles of writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options}, and
1242 @ref{Short Options}.)
1243
1244 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
1245 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
1246 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
1247 For example, instead of typing
1248
1249 @smallexample
1250 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1251 @end smallexample
1252
1253 @noindent
1254 you can type
1255 @smallexample
1256 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1257 @end smallexample
1258
1259 @noindent
1260 or even
1261 @smallexample
1262 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1263 @end smallexample
1264
1265 @noindent
1266 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
1267 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
1268 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
1269
1270 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
1271 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
1272 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
1273 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
1274 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
1275 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
1276 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
1277
1278 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
1279 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
1280 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
1281 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
1282 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
1283 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
1284 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
1285 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
1286 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
1287 intends.
1288
1289 @node frequent operations
1290 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
1291
1292 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
1293 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
1294 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
1295 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
1296
1297 @table @kbd
1298 @item --create
1299 @itemx -c
1300 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
1301 @item --list
1302 @itemx -t
1303 List the contents of an archive.
1304 @item --extract
1305 @itemx -x
1306 Extract one or more members from an archive.
1307 @end table
1308
1309 @node Two Frequent Options
1310 @section Two Frequently Used Options
1311
1312 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
1313 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
1314 @command{tar}: @samp{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
1315 and @samp{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
1316 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
1317 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
1318
1319 @menu
1320 * file tutorial::
1321 * verbose tutorial::
1322 * help tutorial::
1323 @end menu
1324
1325 @node file tutorial
1326 @unnumberedsubsec The @samp{--file} Option
1327
1328 @table @kbd
1329 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
1330 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
1331 Specify the name of an archive file.
1332 @end table
1333
1334 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
1335 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
1336 that @command{tar} will work on.
1337
1338 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will use a
1339 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
1340 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
1341 then @command{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
1342 look roughly like one of the following:
1343
1344 @smallexample
1345 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
1346 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
1347 @end smallexample
1348
1349 @noindent
1350 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
1351 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @command{tar} commands.
1352 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
1353 @ref{file}.
1354
1355 @node verbose tutorial
1356 @unnumberedsubsec The @samp{--verbose} Option
1357
1358 @table @kbd
1359 @item --verbose
1360 @itemx -v
1361 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
1362 @end table
1363
1364 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
1365 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
1366 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
1367 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @samp{--verbose}
1368 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
1369 @samp{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
1370 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
1371 others. We will use @samp{--verbose} at times to help make something
1372 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
1373 @samp{--verbose} to show the differences.
1374
1375 Sometimes, a single instance of @samp{--verbose} on the command line
1376 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
1377 @c FIXME: Describe the exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.
1378 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. Other times,
1379 @samp{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
1380 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
1381 use @samp{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
1382 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
1383
1384 @smallexample
1385 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1386 @end smallexample
1387
1388 @noindent
1389 above, you might say
1390
1391 @smallexample
1392 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
1393 @end smallexample
1394
1395 @noindent
1396 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
1397 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
1398 twice, like this:
1399
1400 @smallexample
1401 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
1402 @end smallexample
1403
1404 @noindent
1405 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
1406
1407 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@samp{--verbose
1408 --verbose}}.
1409
1410 @node help tutorial
1411 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @code{--help} Option
1412
1413 @table @kbd
1414 @item --help
1415
1416 The @samp{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1417 all operations and option available for the current version of
1418 @command{tar} available on your system.
1419 @end table
1420
1421 @node create
1422 @section How to Create Archives
1423 @UNREVISED
1424
1425 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
1426 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
1427 @samp{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1428 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1429 practice on.
1430
1431 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1432 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1433 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1434 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1435 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1436 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1437 other directories and other archives.
1438
1439 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1440 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1441 @file{collection.tar}.
1442
1443 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @samp{--create}
1444 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1445 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1446 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1447 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1448 @command{tar} works.
1449
1450 @menu
1451 * prepare for examples::
1452 * Creating the archive::
1453 * create verbose::
1454 * short create::
1455 * create dir::
1456 @end menu
1457
1458 @node prepare for examples
1459 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1460
1461 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1462 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1463 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1464 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1465 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1466 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1467
1468 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1469 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1470 the full path name of this directory is
1471 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1472 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1473
1474 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1475 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1476 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1477 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1478
1479 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1480 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1481 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1482 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1483 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @command{tar}
1484 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1485 specify an option which does this. @FIXME{xref to the node for
1486 --backup!}To add files to an existing archive, you need to use a
1487 different option, such as @value{op-append}; see @ref{append} for
1488 information on how to do this.
1489
1490 @node Creating the archive
1491 @subsection Creating the Archive
1492
1493 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1494 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1495
1496 @smallexample
1497 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1498 @end smallexample
1499
1500 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1501 option forms}. You could also say:
1502
1503 @smallexample
1504 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1505 @end smallexample
1506
1507 @noindent
1508 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1509 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1510 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1511 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1512
1513 Note that the part of the command which says,
1514 @w{@kbd{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1515 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1516 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1517 archive file you create.
1518
1519 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1520 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1521 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1522 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1523 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1524 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1525
1526 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @samp{--create}
1527 is the operation which creates the new archive
1528 (@file{collection.tar}), and @samp{--file} is the option which lets
1529 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1530 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1531 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @samp{--create} operation).
1532 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1533 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1534 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1535
1536 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1537 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1538 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1539
1540 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@kbd{ls}), you will
1541 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1542
1543 @smallexample
1544 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1545 @end smallexample
1546
1547 @noindent
1548 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1549 the files in the directory.
1550
1551 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1552 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1553 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1554 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1555
1556 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1557 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1558 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1559
1560 @node create verbose
1561 @subsection Running @samp{--create} with @samp{--verbose}
1562
1563 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1564 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1565 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1566
1567 @smallexample
1568 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1569 blues
1570 folk
1571 jazz
1572 @end smallexample
1573
1574 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1575 @samp{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1576 @iftex
1577 (note the different font styles).
1578 @end iftex
1579 @ifinfo
1580 .
1581 @end ifinfo
1582
1583 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1584 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1585 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1586 understand.
1587
1588 @node short create
1589 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1590
1591 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1592 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1593 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1594 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1595 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1596 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1597 using short option forms:
1598
1599 @smallexample
1600 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1601 blues
1602 folk
1603 jazz
1604 @end smallexample
1605
1606 @noindent
1607 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1608 long or short option forms.
1609
1610 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1611 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1612 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1613 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1614 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1615 following way:
1616
1617 @smallexample
1618 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1619 @end smallexample
1620
1621 @noindent
1622 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1623 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1624 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @samp{-f} option, and
1625 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1626 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1627 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1628 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1629 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1630 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1631 Because the @samp{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1632 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1633
1634 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1635 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1636 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1637
1638 This example,
1639
1640 @smallexample
1641 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1642 @end smallexample
1643
1644 @noindent
1645 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1646 becomes much more so:
1647
1648 @smallexample
1649 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1650 @end smallexample
1651
1652 @noindent
1653 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1654 immediately following the @samp{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1655 valuable data.
1656
1657 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1658 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1659 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1660 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1661 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1662 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @command{tar} to
1663 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable
1664 @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}.)
1665
1666 @node create dir
1667 @subsection Archiving Directories
1668
1669 @cindex Archiving Directories
1670 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1671 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1672 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1673 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1674 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1675
1676 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1677 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1678 type:
1679
1680 @smallexample
1681 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1682 $
1683 @end smallexample
1684
1685 @noindent
1686 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1687 i.e. your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1688 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1689 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1690
1691 @smallexample
1692 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1693 @end smallexample
1694
1695 @noindent
1696 @command{tar} should output:
1697
1698 @smallexample
1699 practice/
1700 practice/blues
1701 practice/folk
1702 practice/jazz
1703 practice/collection.tar
1704 @end smallexample
1705
1706 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1707 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1708 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1709 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1710 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1711 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1712 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1713 @command{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1714 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1715 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1716 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1717 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1718 into the file system).
1719
1720 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1721
1722 @smallexample
1723 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1724 @end smallexample
1725
1726 @noindent
1727 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1728 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1729 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1730 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1731 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1732 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1733 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1734 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1735 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1736 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1737 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1738 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1739 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1740 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1741 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1742 directory being dumped.}
1743
1744 @node list
1745 @section How to List Archives
1746
1747 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1748 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1749 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1750 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1751 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1752 created in the last section with the command,
1753
1754 @smallexample
1755 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1756 @end smallexample
1757
1758 @noindent
1759 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1760
1761 @smallexample
1762 blues
1763 folk
1764 jazz
1765 @end smallexample
1766
1767 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1768 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1769
1770 @noindent
1771 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1772
1773 @smallexample
1774 ./birds
1775 baboon
1776 ./box
1777 @end smallexample
1778
1779 @noindent
1780 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1781 to specify the name of the archive.
1782
1783 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @samp{--list}, then
1784 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1785 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1786
1787 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1788 like:
1789
1790 @smallexample
1791 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1792 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1793 @end smallexample
1794
1795 @cindex File name arguments, using @code{--list} with
1796 @cindex @code{--list} with file name arguments
1797 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1798 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1799 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1800 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1801
1802 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1803 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1804 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1805 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1806 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1807 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1808 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1809 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1810 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1811 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1812 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1813
1814 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1815 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1816 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1817 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1818 expect to find; remember that if you use @samp{--list} with no file
1819 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1820 stored in the specified archive.
1821
1822 @menu
1823 * list dir::
1824 @end menu
1825
1826 @node list dir
1827 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1828
1829 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1830 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1831 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1832 @value{op-verbose} option.
1833
1834 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1835 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1836
1837 @smallexample
1838 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1839 @end smallexample
1840
1841 @command{tar} responds:
1842
1843 @smallexample
1844 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1845 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1846 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1847 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1848 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1849 @end smallexample
1850
1851 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1852 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1853
1854 @node extract
1855 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1856 @UNREVISED
1857 @cindex Extraction
1858 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1859 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1860
1861 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1862 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1863 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1864 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1865 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1866 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1867 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1868 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1869
1870 Using @samp{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1871 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1872 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1873 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1874
1875 @menu
1876 * extracting archives::
1877 * extracting files::
1878 * extract dir::
1879 * extracting untrusted archives::
1880 * failing commands::
1881 @end menu
1882
1883 @node extracting archives
1884 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1885
1886 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1887 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1888
1889 @smallexample
1890 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1891 @end smallexample
1892
1893 @noindent
1894 produces this:
1895
1896 @smallexample
1897 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1898 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1899 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1900 @end smallexample
1901
1902 @node extracting files
1903 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1904
1905 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1906 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1907 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1908 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1909 changing the archive's structure. It will be identical to the original
1910 file @file{blues} that you deleted. @FIXME{At the time of this
1911 writing, atime and ctime are not restored. Since this is a tutorial
1912 for a beginnig user, it should hardly be mentioned here. Maybe in
1913 a footnote? --gray}.
1914
1915 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1916 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1917 the files in the directory again.
1918
1919 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1920 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1921
1922 @smallexample
1923 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1924 @end smallexample
1925
1926 @noindent
1927 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1928 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, creation
1929 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1930 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1931 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1932 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1933 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1934 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1935 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1936 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1937 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1938 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1939 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1940 @value{op-list}.
1941
1942 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1943 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1944 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1945 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1946 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1947 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1948 (@pxref{list}).
1949
1950 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1951 with the @value{op-to-stdout} option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1952 Output}).
1953
1954 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1955 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1956
1957 @node extract dir
1958 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1959
1960 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1961 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1962 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1963 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1964 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1965 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1966 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1967 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1968 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1969 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1970 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1971 @pxref{Writing}).
1972
1973 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1974 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1975 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1976
1977 We can demonstrate how to use @samp{--extract} to extract a directory
1978 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1979 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1980 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1981 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1982 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1983 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1984 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1985 following command:
1986
1987 @smallexample
1988 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1989 practice/folk
1990 practice/jazz
1991 @end smallexample
1992
1993 @noindent
1994 If you were to specify two @value{op-verbose} options, @command{tar}
1995 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1996 in the example below:
1997
1998 @smallexample
1999 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
2000 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
2001 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
2002 @end smallexample
2003
2004 @noindent
2005 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
2006 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
2007 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
2008 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
2009
2010 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
2011 will be.}
2012
2013 @node extracting untrusted archives
2014 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
2015
2016 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
2017 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
2018 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
2019 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
2020 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
2021 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
2022 extract it as follows:
2023
2024 @smallexample
2025 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
2026 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
2027 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
2028 @end smallexample
2029
2030 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
2031 before extracting it, using @value{op-list} option, possibly combined
2032 with @value{op-verbose}.
2033
2034 @node failing commands
2035 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
2036
2037 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
2038 they won't work.
2039
2040 If you try to use this command,
2041
2042 @smallexample
2043 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
2044 @end smallexample
2045
2046 @noindent
2047 you will get the following response:
2048
2049 @smallexample
2050 tar: folk: Not found in archive
2051 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
2052 $
2053 @end smallexample
2054
2055 @noindent
2056 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
2057 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
2058 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
2059
2060 @smallexample
2061 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
2062 practice/folk
2063 practice/jazz
2064 practice/rock
2065 @end smallexample
2066
2067 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
2068 order...}
2069
2070 @noindent
2071 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
2072
2073 @smallexample
2074 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
2075 @end smallexample
2076
2077 @noindent
2078 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
2079 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
2080 files from the archive.
2081
2082 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
2083 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
2084
2085 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
2086
2087 @node going further
2088 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
2089
2090 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
2091 be in the rest of the manual.}
2092
2093 @node tar invocation
2094 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
2095 @UNREVISED
2096
2097 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
2098 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
2099 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
2100 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
2101 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
2102 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
2103 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
2104 depending on what the operation is.
2105
2106 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
2107 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
2108 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
2109 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
2110 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
2111
2112 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
2113 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
2114 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
2115 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
2116 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
2117 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
2118
2119 @menu
2120 * Synopsis::
2121 * using tar options::
2122 * Styles::
2123 * All Options::
2124 * help::
2125 * verbose::
2126 * interactive::
2127 @end menu
2128
2129 @node Synopsis
2130 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
2131
2132 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
2133
2134 @smallexample
2135 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
2136 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
2137 @end smallexample
2138
2139 The second form is for when old options are being used.
2140
2141 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
2142 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
2143 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
2144 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
2145 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
2146 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
2147 @command{tar} is to act on.
2148
2149 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
2150 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
2151 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
2152 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
2153
2154 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
2155 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
2156 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
2157 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
2158 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
2159 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
2160 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
2161 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
2162 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
2163
2164 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
2165 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
2166 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
2167 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
2168 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
2169 @value{op-absolute-names}.
2170
2171 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
2172 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
2173 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
2174 the files in the filesystem to @command{tar}.
2175
2176 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
2177 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
2178 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
2179 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
2180 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
2181 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
2182 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
2183 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
2184 sufficient for this.
2185
2186 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
2187 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
2188 @value{op-files-from} option.
2189
2190 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
2191 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
2192 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar}
2193 execution. The other operations of @command{tar} (@value{op-list},
2194 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
2195 on the entire contents of the archive.
2196
2197 @cindex exit status
2198 @cindex return status
2199 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
2200 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
2201 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
2202 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
2203 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
2204 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
2205 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
2206 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
2207 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
2208 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
2209 the error.
2210
2211 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
2212 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
2213 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
2214 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
2215 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
2216 remote operations, where it may be 128.
2217
2218 @node using tar options
2219 @section Using @command{tar} Options
2220
2221 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
2222 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
2223 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
2224 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
2225 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
2226 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
2227 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
2228 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
2229 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
2230 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
2231
2232 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
2233 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
2234 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
2235 arguments to @command{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
2236 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
2237 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
2238 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
2239 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
2240 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
2241 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
2242 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
2243 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
2244
2245 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
2246 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
2247 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
2248 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
2249 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
2250 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
2251 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
2252
2253 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
2254 options @samp{-T} and @samp{-t} are different; the first requires an
2255 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
2256 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
2257 write @value{op-list}.
2258
2259 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
2260 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
2261 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
2262 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
2263 styles.
2264
2265 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
2266 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chap. 4 is
2267 incorporated.}
2268
2269 @node Styles
2270 @section The Three Option Styles
2271
2272 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
2273 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
2274 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
2275 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
2276
2277 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
2278 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
2279 archive file name, @command{tar} will use a default, but this can be
2280 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
2281 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
2282 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
2283 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
2284 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
2285 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
2286 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
2287 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
2288 feel comfortable with the others.
2289
2290 Some options @emph{may} take an argument (currently, there are
2291 two such options: @value{op-backup} and @value{op-occurrence}). Such
2292 options may have at most long and short forms, they do not have old style
2293 equivalent. The rules for specifying an argument for such options
2294 are stricter than those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please,
2295 pay special attention to them.
2296
2297 @menu
2298 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
2299 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2300 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2301 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2302 @end menu
2303
2304 @node Mnemonic Options
2305 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
2306
2307 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
2308 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
2309
2310 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
2311 dashes in a row, e.g.@: @samp{--list}. The long names are more clear than
2312 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2313 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
2314 synonymous, such as @samp{--compare} and @samp{--diff}. In addition,
2315 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2316 @samp{--cre} can be used in place of @samp{--create} because there is no
2317 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2318 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2319 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
2320 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2321 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2322 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
2323 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2324 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2325
2326 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2327 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2328 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2329
2330 @smallexample
2331 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2332 @end smallexample
2333
2334 @noindent
2335 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2336 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
2337
2338 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
2339 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
2340 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
2341 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
2342 white space characters. For example, the @samp{--file} option (which
2343 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
2344 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
2345 @samp{--file=archive.tar} or @samp{--file archive.tar}.
2346
2347 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
2348 an equal sign. For example, the @samp{--backup} option takes
2349 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
2350 as @samp{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
2351
2352 @node Short Options
2353 @subsection Short Option Style
2354
2355 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
2356 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g.@: @samp{-t}
2357 (which is equivalent to @samp{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2358 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2359
2360 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2361
2362 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2363 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2364 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2365 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@samp{-f
2366 archive.tar}} or @samp{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2367 @samp{--file=archive.tar}. Both @samp{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2368 @w{@samp{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2369 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2370
2371 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
2372 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
2373 white space characters}.
2374
2375 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2376 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
2377 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2378 all, e.g.@: @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
2379 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2380 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2381 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2382 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2383
2384 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2385 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2386 For example:
2387
2388 @smallexample
2389 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2390 @end smallexample
2391
2392 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2393 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2394 end up overwriting files.
2395
2396 @node Old Options
2397 @subsection Old Option Style
2398 @UNREVISED
2399
2400 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
2401 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2402 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
2403 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
2404 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
2405 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2406 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2407 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2408 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2409 the same as the short option @samp{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2410 mnemonic option @samp{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2411 cv}} specifies the option @samp{-v} in addition to the operation @samp{-c}.
2412
2413 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
2414
2415 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2416 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2417 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2418 style as follows:
2419
2420 @smallexample
2421 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2422 @end smallexample
2423
2424 @noindent
2425 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @samp{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2426 the argument of @samp{-f}.
2427
2428 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
2429 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2430 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2431 @samp{20} is the argument for @samp{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2432 argument for @samp{-f}, and @samp{-v} does not have a corresponding
2433 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2434 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2435 pertain to.
2436
2437 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2438 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2439
2440 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2441 users. For example, the two commands:
2442
2443 @smallexample
2444 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2445 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2446 @end smallexample
2447
2448 @noindent
2449 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2450 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2451 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2452 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2453
2454 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2455
2456 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2457 following are equivalent:
2458
2459 @smallexample
2460 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2461 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2462 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2463 @end smallexample
2464
2465 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
2466
2467 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2468 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2469 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
2470 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2471 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2472 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2473 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2474 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2475 @value{op-create} command to create an archive.
2476
2477 @node Mixing
2478 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2479
2480 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2481 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2482 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2483 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2484 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2485 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2486 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2487 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2488 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2489 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2490 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2491 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2492 style options.
2493
2494 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2495 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2496
2497 @smallexample
2498 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2499 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2500 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2501 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2502 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2503 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2504 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2505 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2506 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2507 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2508 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2509 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2510 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2511 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2512 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2513 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2514 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2515 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2516 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2517 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2518 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2519 @end smallexample
2520
2521 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2522 the previous set:
2523
2524 @smallexample
2525 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2526 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2527 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2528 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2529 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2530 @end smallexample
2531
2532 @noindent
2533 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2534 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2535 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2536 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2537 @samp{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2538 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2539 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2540 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2541 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2542 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2543 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2544
2545 @node All Options
2546 @section All @command{tar} Options
2547
2548 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2549 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2550 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2551 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2552 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2553 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2554
2555 @menu
2556 * Operation Summary::
2557 * Option Summary::
2558 * Short Option Summary::
2559 @end menu
2560
2561 @node Operation Summary
2562 @subsection Operations
2563
2564 @table @kbd
2565
2566 @item --append
2567 @itemx -r
2568
2569 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2570
2571 @item --catenate
2572 @itemx -A
2573
2574 Same as @samp{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2575
2576 @item --compare
2577 @itemx -d
2578
2579 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2580 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2581 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2582
2583 @item --concatenate
2584 @itemx -A
2585
2586 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2587 @xref{concatenate}.
2588
2589 @item --create
2590 @itemx -c
2591
2592 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2593
2594 @item --delete
2595
2596 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2597 tape! @xref{delete}.
2598
2599 @item --diff
2600 @itemx -d
2601
2602 Same @samp{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2603
2604 @item --extract
2605 @itemx -x
2606
2607 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2608
2609 @item --get
2610 @itemx -x
2611
2612 Same as @samp{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2613
2614 @item --list
2615 @itemx -t
2616
2617 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2618
2619 @item --update
2620 @itemx -u
2621
2622 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @samp{--compare} and
2623 @samp{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2624 as @value{op-compare} does a lot more than @value{op-update} for
2625 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2626 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2627 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2628 @xref{update}.
2629
2630 @end table
2631
2632 @node Option Summary
2633 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2634
2635 @table @kbd
2636
2637 @item --absolute-names
2638 @itemx -P
2639
2640 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2641 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2642 @FIXME-xref{}
2643
2644 @item --after-date
2645
2646 (See @samp{--newer}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2647
2648 @item --anchored
2649 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2650 @FIXME-xref{}
2651
2652 @item --atime-preserve
2653
2654 Tells @command{tar} to preserve the access time field in a file's inode when
2655 reading it. Due to limitations in the @code{utimes} system call, the
2656 modification time field is also preserved, which may cause problems if
2657 the file is simultaneously being modified by another program.
2658 This option is incompatible with incremental backups, because
2659 preserving the access time involves updating the last-changed time.
2660 Also, this option does not work on files that you do not own,
2661 unless you're root.
2662 @FIXME-xref{}
2663
2664 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2665
2666 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2667 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2668 @var{backup-type}. @FIXME-xref{}
2669
2670 @item --block-number
2671 @itemx -R
2672
2673 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2674 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}
2675
2676 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2677 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2678
2679 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2680 record. @FIXME-xref{}
2681
2682 @item --bzip2
2683 @itemx -j
2684
2685 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2686 @code{bzip2}. @FIXME-xref{}
2687
2688 @item --checkpoint
2689
2690 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2691 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2692 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2693 @samp{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2694
2695 @item --check-links
2696 @itemx -l
2697 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2698 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2699 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2700 output.
2701
2702 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2703 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2704 semantics for @option{-l}.
2705
2706 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2707
2708 @item --compress
2709 @itemx --uncompress
2710 @itemx -Z
2711
2712 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2713 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2714 while saving space. @FIXME-xref{}
2715
2716 @item --confirmation
2717
2718 (See @samp{--interactive}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2719
2720 @item --dereference
2721 @itemx -h
2722
2723 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2724 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2725 symlink. @FIXME-xref{}
2726
2727 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2728 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2729
2730 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2731 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2732 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @FIXME-xref{}
2733
2734 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2735
2736 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2737 @var{pattern}. @FIXME-xref{}
2738
2739 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2740 @itemx -X @var{file}
2741
2742 Similar to @samp{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2743 patterns in the file @var{file}. @FIXME-xref{}
2744
2745 @item --file=@var{archive}
2746 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2747
2748 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2749 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2750 default. @FIXME-xref{}
2751
2752 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2753 @itemx -T @var{file}
2754
2755 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2756 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2757 command-line. @FIXME-xref{}
2758
2759 @item --force-local
2760
2761 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @samp{--file}
2762 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2763 @FIXME-xref{}
2764
2765 @item --format=@var{format}
2766
2767 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2768 following:
2769
2770 @table @samp
2771 @item v7
2772 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2773
2774 @item oldgnu
2775 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2776 1.12 or earlier.
2777
2778 @item gnu
2779 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2780 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2781 numeric fields.
2782
2783 @item ustar
2784 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2785
2786 @item posix
2787 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2788
2789 @end table
2790
2791 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2792
2793 @item --group=@var{group}
2794
2795 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2796 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2797 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2798 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2799
2800 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2801
2802 @item --gzip
2803 @itemx --gunzip
2804 @itemx --ungzip
2805 @itemx -z
2806
2807 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2808 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2809 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @FIXME-xref{}
2810
2811 @item --help
2812
2813 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2814 options to @command{tar} and exit. @FIXME-xref{}
2815
2816 @item --ignore-case
2817 Ignore case when excluding files.
2818 @FIXME-xref{}
2819
2820 @item --ignore-failed-read
2821
2822 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2823 @xref{Reading}.
2824
2825 @item --ignore-zeros
2826 @itemx -i
2827
2828 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2829 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2830
2831 @item --incremental
2832 @itemx -G
2833
2834 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2835 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2836 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME-xref{}
2837
2838 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2839
2840 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2841
2842 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2843 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2844 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2845
2846 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2847 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2848 @command{tar} fails immediately. @FIXME-xref{}
2849
2850 @item --interactive
2851 @itemx --confirmation
2852 @itemx -w
2853
2854 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2855 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2856 @FIXME-xref{}
2857
2858 @item --keep-newer-files
2859
2860 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2861 when extracting files from an archive.
2862
2863 @item --keep-old-files
2864 @itemx -k
2865
2866 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2867 @xref{Writing}.
2868
2869 @item --label=@var{name}
2870 @itemx -V @var{name}
2871
2872 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2873 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2874 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2875 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @FIXME-xref{}
2876
2877 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2878 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2879
2880 During a @samp{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2881 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2882 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2883 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2884 incremental format. @FIXME-xref{}
2885
2886 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2887
2888 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2889 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2890 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2891 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2892 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2893 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2894 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2895 permission system.
2896
2897 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2898 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2899 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2900 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2901 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2902
2903 @item --multi-volume
2904 @itemx -M
2905
2906 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2907 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2908
2909 @item --new-volume-script
2910
2911 (see --info-script)
2912
2913 @item --newer=@var{date}
2914 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2915 @itemx -N
2916
2917 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2918 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2919 is taken to be the name of a file whose last-modified time specifies
2920 the date. @FIXME-xref{}
2921
2922 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2923
2924 Like @samp{--newer}, but add only files whose
2925 contents have changed (as opposed to just @samp{--newer}, which will
2926 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2927
2928 @item --no-anchored
2929 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2930 @FIXME-xref{}
2931
2932 @item --no-ignore-case
2933 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2934 @FIXME-xref{}
2935
2936 @item --no-recursion
2937
2938 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2939 @FIXME-xref{}
2940
2941 @item --no-same-owner
2942 @itemx -o
2943
2944 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2945 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2946 for ordinary users; this option has an effect only for the superuser.
2947
2948 @item --no-same-permissions
2949
2950 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2951 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2952 for ordinary users; this option has an effect only for the superuser.
2953
2954 @item --no-wildcards
2955 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2956 @FIXME-xref{}
2957
2958 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2959 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2960 @FIXME-xref{}
2961
2962 @item --null
2963
2964 When @command{tar} is using the @samp{--files-from} option, this option
2965 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @kbd{NUL}, so
2966 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2967 @FIXME-xref{}
2968
2969 @item --numeric-owner
2970
2971 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2972 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2973 @FIXME-xref{}
2974
2975 @item -o
2976 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2977 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2978 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2979
2980 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2981 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2982 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2983 removed in the future releases.
2984
2985 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2986
2987 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2988
2989 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2990 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2991 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2992 line or via @option{-T} option.
2993
2994 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2995 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2996
2997 @smallexample
2998 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2999 @end smallexample
3000
3001 @noindent
3002 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
3003 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
3004
3005 @item --old-archive
3006 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3007
3008 @item --one-file-system
3009 @itemx -l
3010 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
3011 directories that are on different file systems from the current
3012 directory.
3013
3014 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
3015 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
3016 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
3017 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
3018 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
3019
3020 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3021
3022 @item --overwrite
3023
3024 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
3025 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3026
3027 @item --overwrite-dir
3028
3029 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
3030 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3031
3032 @item --owner=@var{user}
3033
3034 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
3035 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
3036 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
3037 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
3038 @FIXME-xref{}
3039
3040 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
3041 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
3042 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
3043 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
3044
3045 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
3046
3047 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
3048
3049 This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
3050 (@FIXME-xref{}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
3051 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
3052 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
3053 the following forms:
3054
3055 @table @asis
3056 @item delete=@var{pattern}
3057 When used with one of archive-creation command (@FIXME-xref{}),
3058 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
3059 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
3060
3061 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
3062 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
3063 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
3064 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13 @FIXME-xref{see
3065 man 7 glob}. For example:
3066
3067 @smallexample
3068 --pax-option delete=security.*
3069 @end smallexample
3070
3071 would suppress security-related information.
3072
3073 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
3074
3075 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
3076 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
3077 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
3078
3079 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
3080 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
3081 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
3082 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
3083 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
3084 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
3085 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
3086 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
3087 @end multitable
3088
3089 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
3090 results.
3091
3092 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
3093 will use the following default value:
3094
3095 @smallexample
3096 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
3097 @end smallexample
3098
3099 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
3100 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
3101 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
3102 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
3103 following character substitutions have been made:
3104
3105 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
3106 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
3107 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
3108 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
3109 starting at 1.
3110 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
3111 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
3112 @end multitable
3113
3114 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
3115
3116 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
3117 will use the following default value:
3118
3119 @smallexample
3120 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
3121 @end smallexample
3122
3123 @noindent
3124 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
3125 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
3126 uses @samp{/tmp}.
3127
3128 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
3129 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
3130 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
3131 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
3132 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
3133 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
3134 record.
3135
3136 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
3137 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
3138 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
3139 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
3140 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
3141
3142 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
3143 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
3144 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
3145 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
3146 For example, in the command:
3147
3148 @smallexample
3149 tar --format=posix --create \
3150 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
3151 @end smallexample
3152
3153 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
3154 stored in the archive.
3155 @end table
3156
3157 @item --portability
3158 @itemx --old-archive
3159 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3160
3161 @item --posix
3162 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
3163
3164 @item --preserve
3165
3166 Synonymous with specifying both @samp{--preserve-permissions} and
3167 @samp{--same-order}. @FIXME-xref{}
3168
3169 @item --preserve-order
3170
3171 (See @samp{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
3172
3173 @item --preserve-permissions
3174 @itemx --same-permissions
3175 @itemx -p
3176
3177 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
3178 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
3179 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
3180 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
3181 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3182
3183 @item --read-full-records
3184 @itemx -B
3185
3186 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
3187 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
3188
3189 @item --record-size=@var{size}
3190
3191 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
3192 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3193
3194 @item --recursion
3195
3196 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
3197 @FIXME-xref{}
3198
3199 @item --recursive-unlink
3200
3201 Remove existing
3202 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
3203 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3204
3205 @item --remove-files
3206
3207 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
3208 appending it to an archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3209
3210 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
3211
3212 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
3213 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
3214
3215 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
3216
3217 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
3218 devices. @FIXME-xref{}
3219
3220 @item --same-order
3221 @itemx --preserve-order
3222 @itemx -s
3223
3224 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
3225 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
3226 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
3227 archive. @xref{Reading}.
3228
3229 @item --same-owner
3230
3231 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
3232 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
3233 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
3234 effect only for ordinary users. @FIXME-xref{}
3235
3236 @item --same-permissions
3237
3238 (See @samp{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
3239
3240 @item --show-defaults
3241
3242 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
3243 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
3244 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
3245
3246 @smallexample
3247 $ tar --show-defaults
3248 --format=gnu -f- -b20
3249 @end smallexample
3250
3251 @item --show-omitted-dirs
3252
3253 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
3254 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3255
3256 @item --sparse
3257 @itemx -S
3258
3259 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3260 sparse files efficiently. @FIXME-xref{}
3261
3262 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3263 @itemx -K @var{name}
3264
3265 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3266 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3267 @xref{Scarce}.
3268
3269 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
3270 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3271 extraction.@footnote{This option was called @option{--strip-path} in
3272 version 1.14.} For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3273 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3274
3275 @smallexample
3276 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
3277 @end smallexample
3278
3279 @noindent
3280 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
3281
3282 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3283
3284 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3285 @samp{~}. @FIXME-xref{}
3286
3287 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
3288 @itemx -L @var{num}
3289
3290 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3291 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @FIXME-xref{}
3292
3293 @item --to-stdout
3294 @itemx -O
3295
3296 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3297 than to the file system. @xref{Writing}.
3298
3299 @item --totals
3300
3301 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
3302 @FIXME-xref{}
3303
3304 @item --touch
3305 @itemx -m
3306
3307 Sets the modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3308 rather than the modification time stored in the archive.
3309 @xref{Writing}.
3310
3311 @item --uncompress
3312
3313 (See @samp{--compress}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
3314
3315 @item --ungzip
3316
3317 (See @samp{--gzip}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
3318
3319 @item --unlink-first
3320 @itemx -U
3321
3322 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3323 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
3324
3325 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3326
3327 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3328 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @FIXME-xref{}
3329
3330 @item --utc
3331
3332 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
3333 @samp{--verbose}.
3334
3335 @item --verbose
3336 @itemx -v
3337
3338 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
3339 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
3340 operations to increase the amount of information displayed. @FIXME-xref{}
3341
3342 @item --verify
3343 @itemx -W
3344
3345 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3346 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
3347
3348 @item --version
3349
3350 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
3351 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
3352 @FIXME-xref{}
3353
3354 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3355
3356 Used in conjunction with @samp{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
3357 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
3358 @FIXME-xref{}
3359
3360 @item --wildcards
3361 Use wildcards when excluding files.
3362 @FIXME-xref{}
3363
3364 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3365 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
3366 @FIXME-xref{}
3367 @end table
3368
3369 @node Short Option Summary
3370 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3371
3372 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3373 them with the equivalent long option.
3374
3375 @table @kbd
3376
3377 @item -A
3378
3379 @samp{--concatenate}
3380
3381 @item -B
3382
3383 @samp{--read-full-records}
3384
3385 @item -C
3386
3387 @samp{--directory}
3388
3389 @item -F
3390
3391 @samp{--info-script}
3392
3393 @item -G
3394
3395 @samp{--incremental}
3396
3397 @item -K
3398
3399 @samp{--starting-file}
3400
3401 @item -L
3402
3403 @samp{--tape-length}
3404
3405 @item -M
3406
3407 @samp{--multi-volume}
3408
3409 @item -N
3410
3411 @samp{--newer}
3412
3413 @item -O
3414
3415 @samp{--to-stdout}
3416
3417 @item -P
3418
3419 @samp{--absolute-names}
3420
3421 @item -R
3422
3423 @samp{--block-number}
3424
3425 @item -S
3426
3427 @samp{--sparse}
3428
3429 @item -T
3430
3431 @samp{--files-from}
3432
3433 @item -U
3434
3435 @samp{--unlink-first}
3436
3437 @item -V
3438
3439 @samp{--label}
3440
3441 @item -W
3442
3443 @samp{--verify}
3444
3445 @item -X
3446
3447 @samp{--exclude-from}
3448
3449 @item -Z
3450
3451 @samp{--compress}
3452
3453 @item -b
3454
3455 @samp{--blocking-factor}
3456
3457 @item -c
3458
3459 @samp{--create}
3460
3461 @item -d
3462
3463 @samp{--compare}
3464
3465 @item -f
3466
3467 @samp{--file}
3468
3469 @item -g
3470
3471 @samp{--listed-incremental}
3472
3473 @item -h
3474
3475 @samp{--dereference}
3476
3477 @item -i
3478
3479 @samp{--ignore-zeros}
3480
3481 @item -j
3482
3483 @samp{--bzip2}
3484
3485 @item -k
3486
3487 @samp{--keep-old-files}
3488
3489 @item -l
3490
3491 @samp{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3492 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3493 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3494
3495 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3496
3497 @item -m
3498
3499 @samp{--touch}
3500
3501 @item -o
3502
3503 When creating --- @samp{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3504 @samp{--portability}.
3505
3506 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3507 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3508 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @samp{--no-same-owner} only.
3509
3510 @item -p
3511
3512 @samp{--preserve-permissions}
3513
3514 @item -r
3515
3516 @samp{--append}
3517
3518 @item -s
3519
3520 @samp{--same-order}
3521
3522 @item -t
3523
3524 @samp{--list}
3525
3526 @item -u
3527
3528 @samp{--update}
3529
3530 @item -v
3531
3532 @samp{--verbose}
3533
3534 @item -w
3535
3536 @samp{--interactive}
3537
3538 @item -x
3539
3540 @samp{--extract}
3541
3542 @item -z
3543
3544 @samp{--gzip}
3545
3546 @end table
3547
3548 @node help
3549 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3550
3551 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3552 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option
3553 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3554 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3555 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3556 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3557 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3558 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3559
3560 @smallexample
3561 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3562 @end smallexample
3563
3564 @noindent
3565 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3566 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3567 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3568 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3569 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3570 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3571 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3572 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3573 @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3574 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3575
3576 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3577 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3578 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3579 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3580 @value{op-help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3581 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3582 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3583 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3584 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3585 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3586
3587 @smallexample
3588 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3589 @end smallexample
3590
3591 @noindent
3592 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3593 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3594 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3595 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3596
3597 @smallexample
3598 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3599 @end smallexample
3600
3601 @noindent
3602 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3603
3604 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3605 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3606 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3607 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3608 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3609
3610 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3611 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3612 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3613 form. This manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small
3614 book. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3615 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3616 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3617 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3618 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3619 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3620 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3621 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3622 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3623 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3624
3625 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3626 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3627 either it does not long to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3628 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Currently, @GNUTAR{}
3629 documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3630 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3631
3632 @node verbose
3633 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3634
3635 @cindex Progress information
3636 @cindex Status information
3637 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3638 @cindex Verbose operation
3639 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3640 @cindex Error message, block number of
3641 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3642
3643 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3644 @cindex Information during operation
3645 @cindex Feedback from @command{tar}
3646
3647 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3648 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3649 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3650 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3651 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3652 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3653 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3654 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3655 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3656 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3657 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3658 helpful diagnostic tools.
3659
3660 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3661 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3662 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3663 @command{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3664 is processed. This and the other options which make @command{tar} print
3665 status information can be useful in monitoring @command{tar}.
3666
3667 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3668 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3669 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3670 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3671 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3672 causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3673 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3674 long list output:
3675
3676 @smallexample
3677 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3678 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3679 @end smallexample
3680
3681 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3682 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3683 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3684 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3685 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3686
3687 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3688 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3689 error.
3690
3691 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3692 @value{op-create}---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3693 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3694
3695 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3696 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it print
3697 directory names while reading the archive. It is designed for
3698 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3699 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3700 is actually making forward progress.
3701
3702 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3703 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3704
3705 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3706 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3707 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3708 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3709 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3710 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3711 some other reason.
3712
3713 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3714 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3715 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3716 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3717 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3718 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3719 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3720 @value{op-block-number} is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3721 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3722 archive from a pipe.
3723
3724 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3725 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3726 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3727 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3728 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3729 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3730 backup section written.}
3731
3732 @node interactive
3733 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3734 @cindex Interactive operation
3735
3736 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3737 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3738 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3739 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3740 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3741 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3742 @command{tar} also accepts @samp{--confirmation} for this option.
3743
3744 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3745 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3746 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3747 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3748 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3749 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3750 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3751 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3752 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3753
3754 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3755 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3756 communications.
3757
3758 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3759 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3760 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3761 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3762 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3763 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3764 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3765 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3766 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3767 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3768 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3769
3770 @node operations
3771 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3772
3773 @menu
3774 * Basic tar::
3775 * Advanced tar::
3776 * create options::
3777 * extract options::
3778 * backup::
3779 * Applications::
3780 * looking ahead::
3781 @end menu
3782
3783 @node Basic tar
3784 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3785
3786 The basic @command{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3787 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3788 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3789 for these operations.
3790
3791 @table @asis
3792 @item @value{op-create}
3793
3794 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3795 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3796 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3797 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3798 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @command{tar}
3799 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3800 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3801 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3802 common errors are:
3803
3804 @enumerate
3805 @item
3806 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3807 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3808 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3809 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3810 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3811 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3812
3813 @item
3814 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3815 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3816 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3817 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3818 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3819 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3820 @end enumerate
3821
3822 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3823 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3824 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3825 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3826 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{}
3827 and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3828 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3829 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3830
3831 @smallexample
3832 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3833 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3834 @end smallexample
3835
3836 @item @value{op-extract}
3837
3838 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3839
3840 @item @value{op-list}
3841
3842 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3843 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. (One can revert to
3844 the old behavior by defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c}
3845 before reinstalling.) But preferably, people should get used to ISO
3846 8601 dates. Local American dates should be made available again with
3847 full date localization support, once ready. In the meantime, programs
3848 not being localizable for dates should prefer international dates,
3849 that's really the way to go.
3850
3851 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3852 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3853
3854 @end table
3855
3856 @node Advanced tar
3857 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3858
3859 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3860 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3861
3862 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3863 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3864 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3865 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3866 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3867 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3868 error correction in special circumstances.
3869
3870 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3871 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3872
3873 @menu
3874 * Operations::
3875 * append::
3876 * update::
3877 * concatenate::
3878 * delete::
3879 * compare::
3880 @end menu
3881
3882 @node Operations
3883 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3884 @UNREVISED
3885
3886 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3887 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3888 @command{tar}: @samp{--append}, @samp{--update}, @samp{--concatenate},
3889 @samp{--delete}, and @samp{--compare}.
3890
3891 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3892 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3893 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3894 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3895 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3896 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3897 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3898 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3899
3900 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3901 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3902 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3903 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3904
3905 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3906 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3907 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3908 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3909 where the last chapter left them.)
3910
3911 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3912
3913 @table @kbd
3914 @item --append
3915 @itemx -r
3916 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3917 @item --update
3918 @itemx -r
3919 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3920 they exist.
3921 @item --concatenate
3922 @itemx --catenate
3923 @itemx -A
3924 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3925 @item --delete
3926 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3927 @item --compare
3928 @itemx --diff
3929 @itemx -d
3930 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3931 @end table
3932
3933 @node append
3934 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @code{--append}
3935 @UNREVISED
3936
3937 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3938 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3939 already exist in order to use @samp{--append}. (A related operation
3940 is the @samp{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3941 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3942 do this with @samp{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3943
3944 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3945 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3946 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3947 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3948 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3949 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3950 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3951 listed, with their modification times, owners, etc.
3952
3953 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3954 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3955 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3956 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3957 @samp{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3958 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3959 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3960 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3961 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3962 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3963 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3964 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
3965 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3966 extracted before it, and so on.
3967
3968 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3969 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3970 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
3971 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
3972 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3973 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
3974 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3975 the command
3976
3977 @smallexample
3978 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3979 @end smallexample
3980
3981 @noindent
3982 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @value{op-occurrence} option.
3983
3984 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3985 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3986
3987 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
3988 with the Same Name.}
3989
3990 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3991 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3992 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3993 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3994 @samp{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3995 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3996 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3997 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3998 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3999 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
4000
4001 @menu
4002 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
4003 * multiple::
4004 @end menu
4005
4006 @node appending files
4007 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
4008 @UNREVISED
4009 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
4010 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
4011 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
4012
4013 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
4014 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
4015 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
4016 When you use @samp{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
4017 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
4018 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
4019 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
4020 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
4021 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
4022 of the files as they are written into the archive.
4023
4024 @samp{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
4025 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
4026 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
4027 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
4028
4029 To demonstrate using @samp{--append} to add a file to an archive,
4030 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
4031 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
4032 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
4033 @file{collection.tar}:
4034
4035 @smallexample
4036 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
4037 @end smallexample
4038
4039 @noindent
4040 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
4041 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
4042
4043 @smallexample
4044 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4045 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4046 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4047 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4048 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4049 @end smallexample
4050
4051 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
4052 title claims it will become...}
4053
4054 @node multiple
4055 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
4056
4057 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
4058 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
4059 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
4060 @samp{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
4061 use of @samp{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
4062 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
4063 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
4064 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
4065 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
4066 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that we explicitly don't
4067 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
4068 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
4069 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
4070 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
4071 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
4072 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
4073 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
4074 versions of the file.
4075
4076 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
4077 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
4078 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
4079 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
4080 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
4081 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
4082 newer version when it is extracted.
4083
4084 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
4085 archive in this way:
4086
4087 @smallexample
4088 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
4089 blues
4090 @end smallexample
4091
4092 @noindent
4093 Because you specified the @samp{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
4094 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
4095 list the contents of the archive:
4096
4097 @smallexample
4098 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
4099 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4100 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4101 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4102 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4103 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
4104 @end smallexample
4105
4106 @noindent
4107 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
4108 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
4109 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
4110 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
4111 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
4112
4113 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
4114 from the archive, use @value{op-occurrence} option, as shown in
4115 the following example:
4116
4117 @smallexample
4118 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
4119 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4120 @end smallexample
4121
4122 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @value{op-extract} and
4123 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
4124 @value{op-occurrence} option.
4125
4126 @node update
4127 @subsection Updating an Archive
4128 @UNREVISED
4129 @cindex Updating an archive
4130
4131 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
4132 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
4133 @value{op-update}. The @samp{--update} operation updates a @command{tar}
4134 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
4135 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
4136 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
4137 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
4138
4139 Unfortunately, you cannot use @samp{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
4140 The operation will fail.
4141
4142 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
4143 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
4144
4145 Both @samp{--update} and @samp{--append} work by adding to the end
4146 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
4147 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
4148 the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
4149 Same Name}
4150
4151 @menu
4152 * how to update::
4153 @end menu
4154
4155 @node how to update
4156 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @code{--update}
4157
4158 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
4159 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
4160 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
4161 you).
4162
4163 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
4164 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
4165
4166 To see the @samp{--update} option at work, create a new file,
4167 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
4168 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
4169 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
4170 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
4171 arguments:
4172
4173 @smallexample
4174 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
4175 blues
4176 classical
4177 $
4178 @end smallexample
4179
4180 @noindent
4181 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4182 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4183 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4184 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4185 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4186 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4187 updating it.
4188
4189 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4190 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4191 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
4192 information about tapes.
4193
4194 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
4195 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4196 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
4197 options intended specifically for backups are more
4198 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4199
4200 @node concatenate
4201 @subsection Combining Archives with @code{--concatenate}
4202
4203 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
4204 @cindex Concatenating Archives
4205 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4206 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
4207 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4208 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
4209
4210 To use @samp{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
4211 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
4212 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
4213 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
4214 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. @FIXME-ref{For
4215 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
4216 Members with the Same Name.}
4217
4218 To demonstrate how @samp{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4219 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4220 files from @file{practice}:
4221
4222 @smallexample
4223 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4224 blues
4225 classical
4226 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4227 folk
4228 jazz
4229 @end smallexample
4230
4231 @noindent
4232 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4233 contain what they are supposed to:
4234
4235 @smallexample
4236 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4237 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4238 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4239 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
4240 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4241 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4242 @end smallexample
4243
4244 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4245
4246 @smallexample
4247 $ @kbd{cd ..}
4248 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4249 @end smallexample
4250
4251 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
4252 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4253
4254 @smallexample
4255 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4256 blues
4257 rock
4258 jazz
4259 folk
4260 @end smallexample
4261
4262 When you use @samp{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4263 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4264 parameters. @FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}The new,
4265 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
4266 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
4267 new name?}
4268
4269 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
4270 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4271
4272 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4273 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4274 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4275 concatenate two archives instead of using the @samp{--concatenate}
4276 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4277
4278 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4279 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4280 one archive. @samp{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4281 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4282 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4283 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4284 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4285 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4286 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4287 @command{cat} shell utility.
4288
4289 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
4290 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
4291 do not specify the target archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
4292 environment variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
4293 default archive name.
4294
4295 @node delete
4296 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @samp{--delete}
4297 @UNREVISED
4298 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
4299 @cindex Removing files from an archive
4300
4301 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
4302 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
4303 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
4304 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
4305 cause @command{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
4306 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
4307 using @samp{tar --delete}. @samp{--delete} will remove all versions of
4308 the named file from the archive. The @samp{--delete} operation can run
4309 very slowly.
4310
4311 Unlike other operations, @samp{--delete} has no short form.
4312
4313 @cindex Tapes, using @code{--delete} and
4314 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
4315 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
4316 @samp{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
4317 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
4318 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
4319 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
4320 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
4321 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
4322 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
4323
4324 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
4325 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
4326 are in that directory, and then,
4327
4328 @smallexample
4329 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4330 blues
4331 folk
4332 jazz
4333 rock
4334 practice/blues
4335 practice/folk
4336 practice/jazz
4337 practice/rock
4338 practice/blues
4339 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
4340 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4341 folk
4342 jazz
4343 rock
4344 $
4345 @end smallexample
4346
4347 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
4348 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
4349 follow it and see what it actually does!}
4350
4351 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
4352 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
4353
4354 @node compare
4355 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
4356 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
4357 @UNREVISED
4358
4359 The @samp{--compare} (@samp{-d}), or @samp{--diff} operation compares
4360 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
4361 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
4362 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
4363 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
4364 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
4365 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
4366
4367 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
4368 archive with a non-default record size.
4369
4370 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
4371 corresponding members in the archive.
4372
4373 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
4374 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
4375 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
4376 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
4377
4378 @smallexample
4379 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4380 rock
4381 blues
4382 tar: funk not found in archive
4383 @end smallexample
4384
4385 @noindent
4386 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
4387 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @command{tar} and the
4388 version you are running, @command{tar} may have a different error message,
4389 such as:
4390
4391 @smallexample
4392 funk: does not exist
4393 @end smallexample
4394
4395 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
4396 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
4397 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
4398
4399 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
4400 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
4401 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
4402
4403 @node create options
4404 @section Options Used by @code{--create}
4405
4406 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4407 @value{op-create} to create an archive from a set of files.
4408 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
4409 @samp{--create}.
4410
4411 @menu
4412 * Ignore Failed Read::
4413 @end menu
4414
4415 @node Ignore Failed Read
4416 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4417
4418 @table @kbd
4419 @item --ignore-failed-read
4420 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4421 @end table
4422
4423 @node extract options
4424 @section Options Used by @code{--extract}
4425 @UNREVISED
4426
4427 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
4428 there's a better way of organizing them.}
4429
4430 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
4431 an archive into the filesystem. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4432 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4433 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4434 presents options to be used with @samp{--extract} when certain special
4435 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4436 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4437 @samp{--extract} operation.
4438
4439 @menu
4440 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4441 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4442 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4443 @end menu
4444
4445 @node Reading
4446 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4447 @cindex Options when reading archives
4448 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4449 @cindex Records, incomplete
4450 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
4451 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
4452 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
4453 @cindex Small memory
4454 @cindex Running out of space
4455 @UNREVISED
4456
4457 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4458 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4459 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4460 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4461 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4462 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4463 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
4464 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
4465 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
4466
4467 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
4468 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4469 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4470 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4471 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4472 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4473
4474 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4475 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4476 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4477 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4478 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4479
4480 @menu
4481 * read full records::
4482 * Ignore Zeros::
4483 @end menu
4484
4485 @node read full records
4486 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4487
4488 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4489
4490 @table @kbd
4491 @item --read-full-records
4492 @item -B
4493 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4494 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4495 than the one specified.
4496 @end table
4497
4498 @node Ignore Zeros
4499 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4500
4501 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4502 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4503 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @command{tar} to completely read an archive
4504 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e.@: a damaged
4505 archive, or one which was created by concatenating several archives
4506 together).
4507
4508 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4509 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4510 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4511 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4512 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4513
4514 @table @kbd
4515 @item --ignore-zeros
4516 @itemx -i
4517 To ignore blocks of zeros (ie.@: end-of-archive entries) which may be
4518 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4519 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4520 @end table
4521
4522 @node Writing
4523 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4524 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4525 @cindex Protecting old files
4526 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4527 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4528 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4529 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4530 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4531 @UNREVISED
4532
4533 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4534
4535 @menu
4536 * Dealing with Old Files::
4537 * Overwrite Old Files::
4538 * Keep Old Files::
4539 * Keep Newer Files::
4540 * Unlink First::
4541 * Recursive Unlink::
4542 * Modification Times::
4543 * Setting Access Permissions::
4544 * Writing to Standard Output::
4545 * remove files::
4546 @end menu
4547
4548 @node Dealing with Old Files
4549 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4550
4551 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4552 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4553 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4554 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4555 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4556 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4557 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4558 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4559 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4560
4561 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4562 the @value{op-keep-old-files} option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4563 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4564 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4565 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4566
4567 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4568 @value{op-overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4569 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4570
4571 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4572 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4573 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4574 state of the filesystem when the archive was created. It is debatable
4575 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4576 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4577 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4578 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4579 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4580 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4581 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4582 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4583 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4584 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4585 example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink} is specified
4586 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4587 removed.
4588
4589 Finally, the @value{op-unlink-first} option can improve performance in
4590 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4591 before extracting them.
4592
4593 @node Overwrite Old Files
4594 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4595
4596 @table @kbd
4597 @item --overwrite
4598 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4599 from an archive.
4600
4601 This
4602 causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4603 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4604 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4605 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4606 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4607 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4608 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4609 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4610 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4611 they are in the way of extraction.
4612
4613 Be careful when using the @value{op-overwrite} option, particularly when
4614 combined with the @value{op-absolute-names} option, as this combination
4615 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4616 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4617 are currently being executed.
4618
4619 @item --overwrite-dir
4620 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4621 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4622 @end table
4623
4624 @node Keep Old Files
4625 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4626
4627 @table @kbd
4628 @item --keep-old-files
4629 @itemx -k
4630 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4631 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4632 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4633 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4634 Prevents @command{tar} from replacing files in the file system during
4635 extraction.
4636 @end table
4637
4638 @node Keep Newer Files
4639 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4640
4641 @table @kbd
4642 @item --keep-newer-files
4643 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4644 copies. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4645 @end table
4646
4647 @node Unlink First
4648 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4649
4650 @table @kbd
4651 @item --unlink-first
4652 @itemx -U
4653 Remove files before extracting over them.
4654 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4655 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4656 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4657 @end table
4658
4659 @node Recursive Unlink
4660 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4661
4662 @table @kbd
4663 @item --recursive-unlink
4664 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4665 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4666 @end table
4667
4668 If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4669 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4670 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4671 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4672
4673 @node Modification Times
4674 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Modification Times
4675
4676 Normally, @command{tar} sets the modification times of extracted files to
4677 the modification times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4678 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4679 setting.
4680
4681 To set the modification times of extracted files to the time when
4682 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4683 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4684
4685 @table @kbd
4686 @item --touch
4687 @itemx -m
4688 Sets the modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4689 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4690 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4691 @end table
4692
4693 @node Setting Access Permissions
4694 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4695
4696 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4697 recorded for those files in the archive, use @samp{--same-permissions}
4698 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4699 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4700
4701 @table @kbd
4702 @item --preserve-permission
4703 @itemx --same-permission
4704 @itemx --ignore-umask
4705 @itemx -p
4706 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4707 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4708 @value{op-extract}.
4709 @end table
4710
4711 @FIXME{Following paragraph needs to be rewritten: why doesn't this cat
4712 files together, why is this useful. is it really useful with
4713 more than one file?}
4714
4715 @node Writing to Standard Output
4716 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4717
4718 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4719 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4720 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4721 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4722 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4723 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4724 found in the archive.
4725
4726 @table @kbd
4727 @item --to-stdout
4728 @itemx -O
4729 Writes files to the standard output. Used in conjunction with
4730 @value{op-extract}. Extract files to standard output. When this option
4731 is used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4732 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4733 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4734 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4735 @end table
4736
4737 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4738 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4739 it. You can use a command like this:
4740
4741 @smallexample
4742 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4743 @end smallexample
4744
4745 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4746
4747 @smallexample
4748 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4749 @end smallexample
4750
4751 @node remove files
4752 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4753
4754 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4755 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4756 else in the book...}
4757
4758 @table @kbd
4759 @item --remove-files
4760 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4761 @end table
4762
4763 @node Scarce
4764 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4765 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4766 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4767 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4768 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4769 @UNREVISED
4770
4771 @menu
4772 * Starting File::
4773 * Same Order::
4774 @end menu
4775
4776 @node Starting File
4777 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4778
4779 @table @kbd
4780 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4781 @itemx -K @var{name}
4782 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4783 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4784 @end table
4785
4786 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4787 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4788 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4789 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4790 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @command{tar},
4791 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4792 same @command{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4793 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4794 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4795
4796 @node Same Order
4797 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4798
4799 @table @kbd
4800 @item --same-order
4801 @itemx --preserve-order
4802 @itemx -s
4803 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4804 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4805 @value{op-list}
4806 or @value{op-extract}.
4807 @end table
4808
4809 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4810 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4811 the option to exist in either version?}
4812
4813 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4814
4815 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4816 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4817 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4818 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4819 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4820 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4821
4822 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4823
4824 @node backup
4825 @section Backup options
4826
4827 @cindex backup options
4828
4829 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4830 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4831 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4832 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4833 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4834 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4835
4836 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4837 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4838 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4839 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4840 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4841 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4842 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4843 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4844 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4845 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4846
4847 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4848 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4849 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4850 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4851 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4852 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4853 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4854 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4855 refers to a remote file.
4856
4857 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4858 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4859 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4860 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4861 file are kept.
4862
4863 @table @samp
4864
4865 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4866 @opindex --backup
4867 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4868 @cindex backups
4869 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4870 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4871
4872 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4873 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4874 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4875 use the @samp{existing} method.
4876
4877 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4878 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4879 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4880 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4881
4882 @table @samp
4883 @item t
4884 @itemx numbered
4885 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4886 Always make numbered backups.
4887
4888 @item nil
4889 @itemx existing
4890 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4891 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4892 of the others.
4893
4894 @item never
4895 @itemx simple
4896 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4897 Always make simple backups.
4898
4899 @end table
4900
4901 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4902 @opindex --suffix
4903 @cindex backup suffix
4904 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4905 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @samp{--backup}. If this
4906 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4907 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4908 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4909
4910 @end table
4911
4912 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @value{op-backup}
4913 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4914 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4915 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4916 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4917 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4918
4919 @smallexample
4920 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4921 @end smallexample
4922
4923 @node Applications
4924 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4925 @UNREVISED
4926
4927 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4928 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4929 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4930
4931 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4932
4933 @findex uuencode
4934 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4935 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4936 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4937 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4938 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4939 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4940 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4941 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4942
4943 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4944 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4945 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4946 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4947
4948 @smallexample
4949 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4950 @end smallexample
4951
4952 @noindent
4953 The command also works using short option forms:
4954
4955 @smallexample
4956 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4957 @end smallexample
4958
4959 @noindent
4960 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4961
4962 @node looking ahead
4963 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4964
4965 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4966 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4967 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4968 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4969 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4970 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4971 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4972 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4973 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4974 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4975
4976 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4977 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4978 @value{xref-files-from}.
4979
4980 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4981 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4982
4983 @node Backups
4984 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4985 @UNREVISED
4986
4987 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4988 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4989 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4990 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4991 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4992 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4993 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4994
4995 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4996 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4997 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4998 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4999
5000 @smallexample
5001 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
5002 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
5003 @end smallexample
5004
5005 @ifclear PUBLISH
5006
5007 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
5008 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
5009 distribution.
5010
5011 @smallexample
5012 .* dumps
5013 . + what are dumps
5014
5015 . + different levels of dumps
5016 . - full dump = dump everything
5017 . - level 1, level 2 dumps etc, -
5018 A level n dump dumps everything changed since the last level
5019 n-1 dump (?)
5020
5021 . + how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
5022 . - scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
5023
5024 . + Backup Specs, what is it.
5025 . - how to customize
5026 . - actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
5027
5028 . + Problems
5029 . - rsh doesn't work
5030 . - rtape isn't installed
5031 . - (others?)
5032
5033 . + the --incremental option of tar
5034
5035 . + tapes
5036 . - write protection
5037 . - types of media
5038 . : different sizes and types, useful for different things
5039 . - files and tape marks
5040 one tape mark between files, two at end.
5041 . - positioning the tape
5042 MT writes two at end of write,
5043 backspaces over one when writing again.
5044 @end smallexample
5045
5046 @end ifclear
5047
5048 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
5049 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
5050
5051 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
5052 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
5053 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
5054 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
5055 called @dfn{dumps}.
5056
5057 @menu
5058 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5059 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5060 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
5061 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
5062 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5063 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
5064 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
5065 @end menu
5066
5067 @node Full Dumps
5068 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5069 @UNREVISED
5070
5071 @cindex full dumps
5072 @cindex dumps, full
5073
5074 @cindex corrupted archives
5075 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
5076 are modifying files in the filesystem. If files are modified while
5077 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
5078 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
5079 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
5080 not corrupt the entire archive.)
5081
5082 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
5083 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
5084 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
5085
5086 Unless the filesystem you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
5087 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
5088 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
5089
5090 If you want to dump each filesystem separately you will need to use
5091 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @command{tar} from crossing
5092 filesystem boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
5093
5094 The @value{op-incremental} option is not needed, since this is a complete
5095 copy of everything in the filesystem, and a full restore from this
5096 backup would only be done onto a completely empty disk.
5097
5098 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
5099 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
5100 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
5101 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
5102 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
5103 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
5104
5105 @value{op-listed-incremental} take a file name argument always. If the
5106 file doesn't exist, run a level zero dump, creating the file. If the
5107 file exists, uses that file to see what has changed.
5108
5109 @value{op-incremental} @FIXME{look it up}
5110
5111 @value{op-incremental} handle old @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup.
5112
5113 This option should only be used when creating an incremental backup of
5114 a filesystem. When the @value{op-incremental} option is used, @command{tar}
5115 writes, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for each of the
5116 directories that will be operated on. The entry for a directory
5117 includes a list of all the files in the directory at the time the
5118 dump was done, and a flag for each file indicating whether the file
5119 is going to be put in the archive. This information is used when
5120 doing a complete incremental restore.
5121
5122 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
5123 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
5124 @command{tar} program.
5125
5126 The @value{op-incremental} option means the archive is an incremental
5127 backup. Its meaning depends on the command that it modifies.
5128
5129 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-list},
5130 @command{tar} will list, for each directory in the archive, the list
5131 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
5132 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
5133 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
5134 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
5135 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
5136 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
5137 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is
5138 followed by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of
5139 the data.
5140
5141 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-extract}, then
5142 when the entry for a directory is found, all files that currently
5143 exist in that directory but are not listed in the archive @emph{are
5144 deleted from the directory}.
5145
5146 This behavior is convenient when you are restoring a damaged file
5147 system from a succession of incremental backups: it restores the
5148 entire state of the file system to that which obtained when the backup
5149 was made. If you don't use @value{op-incremental}, the file system will
5150 probably fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
5151
5152 @value{op-listed-incremental} handle new @acronym{GNU}-format
5153 incremental backup. This option handles new @acronym{GNU}-format
5154 incremental backup. It has much the same effect as
5155 @value{op-incremental}, but also the time when the dump is done and
5156 the list of directories dumped is written to the given
5157 @var{file}. When restoring, only files newer than the saved time are
5158 restored, and the directory list is used to speed up operations.
5159
5160 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
5161 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar} to
5162 use the file @var{file}, which contains information about the state
5163 of the filesystem at the time of the last backup, to decide which
5164 files to include in the archive being created. That file will then
5165 be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist when
5166 this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include all
5167 appropriate files in the archive.
5168
5169 The file, which is archive independent, contains the date it was last
5170 modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and directory names.
5171 @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates or inode change
5172 times, and directories with an unchanged inode number and device but
5173 a changed directory name. The file is updated after the files to
5174 be archived are determined, but before the new archive is actually
5175 created.
5176
5177 @node Inc Dumps
5178 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5179 @UNREVISED
5180
5181 @cindex incremental dumps
5182 @cindex dumps, incremental
5183
5184 Performing incremental dumps is similar to performing full dumps,
5185 although a few more options will usually be needed.
5186
5187 A standard scheme is to do a @emph{monthly} (full) dump once a month,
5188 a @emph{weekly} dump once a week of everything since the last monthly
5189 and a @emph{daily} every day of everything since the last (weekly or
5190 monthly) dump.
5191
5192 Here is a sample script to dump the directory hierarchies @samp{/usr}
5193 and @samp{/var}.
5194
5195 @smallexample
5196 #! /bin/sh
5197 tar --create \
5198 --blocking-factor=126 \
5199 --file=/dev/rmt/0 \
5200 --label="`hostname` /usr /var `date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
5201 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr-var.snar \
5202 --verbose \
5203 /usr /var
5204 @end smallexample
5205
5206 This script uses the file @file{/var/log/usr-var.snar} as a snapshot to
5207 store information about the previous tar dump.
5208
5209 The blocking factor 126 is an attempt to make the tape drive stream.
5210 Some tape devices cannot handle 64 kB blocks or larger, and require the
5211 block size to be a multiple of 1 kB; for these devices, 126 is the
5212 largest blocking factor that can be used.
5213
5214 @node incremental and listed-incremental
5215 @section The Incremental Options
5216 @UNREVISED
5217
5218 @value{op-incremental} is used in conjunction with @value{op-create},
5219 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} when backing up and restoring file
5220 systems. An archive cannot be extracted or listed with the
5221 @value{op-incremental} option specified unless it was created with the
5222 option specified. This option should only be used by a script, not by
5223 the user, and is usually disregarded in favor of
5224 @value{op-listed-incremental}, which is described below.
5225
5226 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-create} causes
5227 @command{tar} to write, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for
5228 each of the directories that will be archived. The entry for a
5229 directory includes a list of all the files in the directory at the
5230 time the archive was created and a flag for each file indicating
5231 whether or not the file is going to be put in the archive.
5232
5233 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
5234 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
5235 @command{tar} program.
5236
5237 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-extract} causes
5238 @command{tar} to read the lists of directory contents previously stored
5239 in the archive, @emph{delete} files in the file system that did not
5240 exist in their directories when the archive was created, and then
5241 extract the files in the archive.
5242
5243 This behavior is convenient when restoring a damaged file system from
5244 a succession of incremental backups: it restores the entire state of
5245 the file system to that which obtained when the backup was made. If
5246 @value{op-incremental} isn't specified, the file system will probably
5247 fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
5248
5249 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-list} causes
5250 @command{tar} to print, for each directory in the archive, the list of
5251 files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
5252 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
5253 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
5254 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
5255 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
5256 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
5257 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is followed
5258 by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of the data.
5259
5260 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
5261 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar}
5262 to use the file @var{snapshot-file}, which contains information about
5263 the state of the file system at the time of the last backup, to decide
5264 which files to include in the archive being created. That file will
5265 then be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist
5266 when this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include
5267 all appropriate files in the archive.
5268
5269 The file @var{file}, which is archive independent, contains the date
5270 it was last modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and
5271 directory names. @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates
5272 or inode change times, and directories with an unchanged inode number
5273 and device but a changed directory name. The file is updated after
5274 the files to be archived are determined, but before the new archive is
5275 actually created.
5276
5277 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
5278 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.@:
5279 with the @samp{--atime-preserve} option), or if you set the clock
5280 backwards.
5281
5282 Despite it should be obvious that a device has a non-volatile value, NFS
5283 devices have non-dependable values when an automounter gets in the picture.
5284 This led to a great deal of spurious redumping in incremental dumps,
5285 so it is somewhat useless to compare two NFS devices numbers over time.
5286 So @command{tar} now considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes
5287 to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
5288 to be a better way to go.
5289
5290 @command{tar} doesn't access @var{snapshot-file} when
5291 @value{op-create} or @value{op-list} are specified, but the
5292 @value{op-listed-incremental} option must still be given. A
5293 placeholder @var{snapshot-file} can be specified, e.g.,
5294 @file{/dev/null}.
5295
5296 @FIXME{this section needs to be written}
5297
5298 @node Backup Levels
5299 @section Levels of Backups
5300
5301 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
5302 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
5303 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
5304 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
5305 are daily re-archived.
5306
5307 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
5308 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
5309 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
5310 dump.
5311
5312 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
5313 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
5314 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
5315 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
5316 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
5317 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
5318 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
5319 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
5320
5321 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
5322 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
5323 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
5324 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
5325 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
5326
5327 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
5328 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
5329 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
5330 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax} Once the
5331 backup parameters are set, you can perform backups or restoration by
5332 running the appropriate script.
5333
5334 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
5335 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
5336 their use in detail.
5337
5338 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
5339 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
5340 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
5341 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
5342 it is easier to use the scripts. @value{xref-incremental}, and
5343 @value{xref-listed-incremental}, before making such an attempt.
5344
5345 @node Backup Parameters
5346 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5347
5348 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
5349 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
5350 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
5351 before using these scripts.
5352
5353 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
5354 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
5355 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
5356 functions within that script (e.g. see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
5357 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
5358 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
5359 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
5360 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
5361
5362 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
5363 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
5364
5365 @menu
5366 * General-Purpose Variables::
5367 * Magnetic Tape Control::
5368 * User Hooks::
5369 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5370 @end menu
5371
5372 @node General-Purpose Variables
5373 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
5374
5375 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
5376 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
5377 sends a backup report to this address.
5378 @end defvr
5379
5380 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
5381 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
5382 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
5383 or the string @samp{now}.
5384
5385 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
5386 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
5387 @end defvr
5388
5389 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
5390 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. This device should be
5391 attached to the host on which the dump scripts are run.
5392 @end defvr
5393
5394 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
5395
5396 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
5397 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
5398 @end defvr
5399
5400 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
5401
5402 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5403 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
5404 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
5405 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
5406 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
5407
5408 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
5409 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
5410 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
5411 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
5412 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
5413 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
5414 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
5415 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
5416 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
5417
5418 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
5419 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5420 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
5421 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
5422 @end defvr
5423
5424 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
5425
5426 A path to the file containing the list of the filesystems to backup
5427 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
5428 @end defvr
5429
5430 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
5431
5432 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5433 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
5434 which the backup script is run.
5435
5436 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
5437 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5438 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
5439 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
5440 @end defvr
5441
5442 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
5443
5444 A path to the file containing the list of the individual files to backup
5445 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
5446 @end defvr
5447
5448 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
5449
5450 Path to @code{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
5451 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
5452 to use public key authentication.
5453 @end defvr
5454
5455 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
5456
5457 Path to rsh binary on remote mashines. This will be passed via
5458 @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation of @GNUTAR{}.
5459 @end defvr
5460
5461 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
5462
5463 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
5464 by all the machines which have filesystems to be dumped.
5465 @end defvr
5466
5467 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5468
5469 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5470 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5471 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
5472 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
5473 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5474 (e.g. @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
5475
5476 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5477 @end defvr
5478
5479 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5480
5481 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive filesystems
5482
5483 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5484 @end defvr
5485
5486 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5487
5488 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5489 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5490 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in prompt
5491 @FIXME-xref{describe it somewhere!}, and will expect confirmation from
5492 the console.
5493 @end defvr
5494
5495 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5496
5497 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
5498 this will just be some literal text.
5499 @end defvr
5500
5501 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5502
5503 Pathname of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
5504 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5505 @end defvr
5506
5507 @node Magnetic Tape Control
5508 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5509
5510 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5511 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5512 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
5513
5514 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5515 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
5516 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
5517
5518 @smallexample
5519 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
5520
5521 mt_begin() @{
5522 mt -f "$1" retension
5523 @}
5524 @end smallexample
5525 @end defvr
5526
5527 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5528 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
5529 follows:
5530
5531 @smallexample
5532 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
5533
5534 mt_rewind() @{
5535 mt -f "$1" rewind
5536 @}
5537 @end smallexample
5538
5539 @end defvr
5540
5541 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5542 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
5543 it is defined as follows:
5544
5545 @smallexample
5546 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5547
5548 mt_offline() @{
5549 mt -f "$1" offl
5550 @}
5551 @end smallexample
5552 @end defvr
5553
5554 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5555 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5556 including error count. Default definition:
5557
5558 @smallexample
5559 MT_STATUS=mt_status
5560
5561 mt_status() @{
5562 mt -f "$1" status
5563 @}
5564 @end smallexample
5565 @end defvr
5566
5567 @node User Hooks
5568 @subsection User Hooks
5569
5570 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5571 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5572 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5573 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5574 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
5575 taking four arguments:
5576
5577 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5578 Its arguments are:
5579
5580 @table @var
5581 @item level
5582 Current backup or restore level.
5583
5584 @item host
5585 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5586
5587 @item fs
5588 Full path name to the filesystem being dumped or restored.
5589
5590 @item fsname
5591 Filesystem name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
5592 is useful e.g. for creating unique files.
5593 @end table
5594 @end deffn
5595
5596 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5597
5598 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5599 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the filesystem.
5600 @end defvr
5601
5602 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5603 Executed after dumping the filesystem.
5604 @end defvr
5605
5606 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5607 Executed before restoring the filesystem.
5608 @end defvr
5609
5610 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5611 Executed after restoring the filesystem.
5612 @end defvr
5613
5614 @node backup-specs example
5615 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5616
5617 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
5618
5619 @smallexample
5620 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5621
5622 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5623 BACKUP_HOUR=1
5624 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5625
5626 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5627 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
5628 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5629
5630 # Override MT_STATUS function:
5631 my_status() @{
5632 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
5633 @}
5634 MT_STATUS=my_status
5635
5636 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5637 MT_OFFLINE=:
5638
5639 BLOCKING=124
5640 BACKUP_DIRS="
5641 albert:/fs/fsf
5642 apple-gunkies:/gd
5643 albert:/fs/gd2
5644 albert:/fs/gp
5645 geech:/usr/jla
5646 churchy:/usr/roland
5647 albert:/
5648 albert:/usr
5649 apple-gunkies:/
5650 apple-gunkies:/usr
5651 gnu:/hack
5652 gnu:/u
5653 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5654 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5655
5656 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5657
5658 @end smallexample
5659
5660 @node Scripted Backups
5661 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5662
5663 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5664
5665 @smallexample
5666 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5667 @end smallexample
5668
5669 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
5670 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5671 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5672 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5673 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5674 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5675 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5676 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5677 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5678 create a level one dump.}
5679
5680 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5681 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
5682
5683 @table @asis
5684 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5685
5686 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5687
5688 @item @var{hh}
5689
5690 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5691
5692 @item now
5693
5694 The dump must be run immediately.
5695 @end table
5696
5697 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5698 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5699 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5700 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5701 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5702 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5703 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5704 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5705 Restoration}).
5706
5707 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5708 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5709 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5710 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5711 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental, for a more
5712 detailed explanation of this file.}
5713
5714 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5715 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5716 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5717 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5718 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5719 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
5720 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
5721
5722 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5723 standard output.
5724
5725 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5726 script:
5727
5728 @table @option
5729 @item -l @var{level}
5730 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5731 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5732
5733 @item -f
5734 @itemx --force
5735 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5736
5737 @item -v[@var{level}]
5738 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5739 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5740 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5741 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5742
5743 @item -t @var{start-time}
5744 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5745 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5746
5747 @item -h
5748 @itemx --help
5749 Display short help message and exit.
5750
5751 @item -L
5752 @itemx --license
5753 Display program license and exit.
5754
5755 @item -V
5756 @itemx --version
5757 Display program version and exit.
5758 @end table
5759
5760
5761 @node Scripted Restoration
5762 @section Using the Restore Script
5763
5764 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5765 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
5766 simplest form, invoke @command{restore} without options, it will
5767 then restore all the filesystems and files specified in
5768 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5769
5770 You may select the filesystems (and/or files) to restore by
5771 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5772 line. For example, running
5773
5774 @smallexample
5775 restore 'albert:*'
5776 @end smallexample
5777
5778 @noindent
5779 will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
5780 complicated example:
5781
5782 @smallexample
5783 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
5784 @end smallexample
5785
5786 @noindent
5787 This command will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}
5788 as well as @file{/var} filesystem on all machines.
5789
5790 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
5791 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
5792 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
5793 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
5794 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
5795 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
5796
5797 @smallexample
5798 restore --level=1
5799 @end smallexample
5800
5801 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
5802
5803 @table @option
5804 @item -l @var{level}
5805 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5806 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
5807
5808 @item -v[@var{level}]
5809 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5810 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5811 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5812 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5813
5814 @item -h
5815 @itemx --help
5816 Display short help message and exit.
5817
5818 @item -L
5819 @itemx --license
5820 Display program license and exit.
5821
5822 @item -V
5823 @itemx --version
5824 Display program version and exit.
5825 @end table
5826
5827 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5828 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5829 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5830 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5831 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5832 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5833 positioning.}
5834
5835 @quotation
5836 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5837 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5838 @end quotation
5839
5840 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{ref-listed-incremental},
5841 for an explanation of how the script makes that determination.
5842
5843 @node Choosing
5844 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5845 @UNREVISED
5846
5847 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5848
5849 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5850 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5851 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5852 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5853 are in specified directories.
5854
5855 @menu
5856 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5857 * Selecting Archive Members::
5858 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5859 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5860 * Wildcards::
5861 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5862 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5863 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5864 @end menu
5865
5866 @node file
5867 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5868 @cindex Naming an archive
5869 @cindex Archive Name
5870 @cindex Directing output
5871 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5872 @cindex Where is the archive?
5873 @UNREVISED
5874
5875 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5876 archive"?}
5877
5878 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5879 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5880 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5881 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5882 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5883 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5884 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5885 instead of the default archive file location.
5886
5887 @table @kbd
5888 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5889 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5890 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5891 any operation.
5892 @end table
5893
5894 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5895
5896 @smallexample
5897 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5898 @end smallexample
5899
5900 @noindent
5901 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5902 follow the @samp{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @samp{-f}
5903 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5904 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5905 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5906 for the archive name.
5907
5908 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5909 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5910 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5911
5912 @cindex Writing new archives
5913 @cindex Archive creation
5914 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5915 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5916 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5917 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5918 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5919
5920 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5921 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5922 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5923 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5924 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5925 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5926
5927 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5928 "notable tar usages".}
5929
5930 @smallexample
5931 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5932 @end smallexample
5933
5934 @FIXME{help!}
5935
5936 @cindex Standard input and output
5937 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5938 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5939 use the following:
5940
5941 @smallexample
5942 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5943 @end smallexample
5944
5945 @noindent
5946 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5947 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5948 @samp{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5949 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5950 as the username on the remote machine.
5951
5952 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5953 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5954 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5955 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5956 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5957 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5958 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5959 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5960 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
5961 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
5962 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
5963 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
5964 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5965 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5966
5967 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5968 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5969 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5970 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5971 shouldn't mention it..}
5972
5973 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5974 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5975 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5976 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5977
5978 @node Selecting Archive Members
5979 @section Selecting Archive Members
5980 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5981 @cindex Specifying archive members
5982
5983 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5984 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5985 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5986 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5987
5988 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5989 the command line, as follows:
5990 @smallexample
5991 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5992 @end smallexample
5993
5994 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5995 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5996
5997 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5998 @value{op-create}, @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5999 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
6000 @value{op-extract}, @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
6001 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
6002 @command{tar} does nothing.
6003
6004 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
6005 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
6006 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
6007 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
6008 specifying the names of files and archive members.
6009
6010 @node files
6011 @section Reading Names from a File
6012 @UNREVISED
6013
6014 @cindex Reading file names from a file
6015 @cindex Lists of file names
6016 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
6017 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
6018 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
6019 @value{op-files-from} option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
6020 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
6021 @samp{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
6022 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
6023 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
6024
6025 @table @kbd
6026 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
6027 @itemx -T @var{file name}
6028 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
6029 @end table
6030
6031 If you give a single dash as a file name for @samp{--files-from}, (i.e.,
6032 you specify either @samp{--files-from=-} or @samp{-T -}), then the file
6033 names are read from standard input.
6034
6035 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @samp{--create}, you can not use
6036 both @samp{--files-from=-} and @samp{--file=-} (@samp{-f -}) in the same
6037 command.
6038
6039 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
6040
6041 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
6042 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
6043 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @samp{-T} option to
6044 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
6045 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @samp{-z} option to
6046 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
6047 more information.)
6048
6049 @smallexample
6050 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
6051 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
6052 @end smallexample
6053
6054 @noindent
6055 @FIXME{say more here to conclude the example/section?}
6056
6057 @menu
6058 * nul::
6059 @end menu
6060
6061 @node nul
6062 @subsection @kbd{NUL} Terminated File Names
6063
6064 @cindex File names, terminated by @kbd{NUL}
6065 @cindex @kbd{NUL} terminated file names
6066 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
6067 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
6068 names contain newlines can be archived using @samp{--files-from}.
6069
6070 @table @kbd
6071 @item --null
6072 Only consider @kbd{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
6073 terminate in a newline.
6074 @end table
6075
6076 The @samp{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
6077 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
6078 @samp{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
6079 @command{tar}, @samp{--null} also causes @value{op-directory} options
6080 to be treated as file names to archive, in case there are any files
6081 out there called @file{-C}.
6082
6083 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
6084 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
6085 @file{long-files}. The @samp{-print0} option to @command{find} just just
6086 like @samp{-print}, except that it separates files with a @kbd{NUL}
6087 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
6088 @samp{--null} and @samp{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
6089 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
6090 @file{big.tgz}. The @samp{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
6091 @command{tar} to recognize the @kbd{NUL} separator between files.
6092
6093 @smallexample
6094 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
6095 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
6096 @end smallexample
6097
6098 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
6099
6100 @node exclude
6101 @section Excluding Some Files
6102 @cindex File names, excluding files by
6103 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
6104 @cindex Excluding files by file system
6105 @UNREVISED
6106
6107 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
6108 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
6109
6110 @table @kbd
6111 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
6112 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
6113 @end table
6114
6115 @findex exclude
6116 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
6117 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
6118 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
6119 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
6120 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
6121
6122 You may give multiple @samp{--exclude} options.
6123
6124 @table @kbd
6125 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
6126 @itemx -X @var{file}
6127 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
6128 @var{file}.
6129 @end table
6130
6131 @findex exclude-from
6132 Use the @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
6133 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
6134 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
6135 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
6136 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
6137 added to the archive.
6138
6139 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
6140 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
6141
6142 @menu
6143 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
6144 * problems with exclude::
6145 @end menu
6146
6147 @node controlling pattern-patching with exclude
6148 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
6149
6150 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
6151 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
6152 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
6153 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
6154
6155 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
6156 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
6157 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
6158 before deciding whether to exclude it.
6159
6160 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
6161 below. These options accumulate. For example:
6162
6163 @smallexample
6164 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
6165 @end smallexample
6166
6167 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
6168 @samp{readme}.
6169
6170 @table @option
6171 @item --anchored
6172 @itemx --no-anchored
6173 If anchored (the default), a pattern must match an initial subsequence
6174 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any subsequence.
6175
6176 @item --ignore-case
6177 @itemx --no-ignore-case
6178 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
6179 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
6180
6181 @item --wildcards
6182 @itemx --no-wildcards
6183 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
6184 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
6185 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
6186 names literally.
6187
6188 @item --wildcards-match-slash
6189 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
6190 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
6191 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
6192 matched only by @samp{/}.
6193
6194 @end table
6195
6196 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
6197 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
6198 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
6199 the name's parent directories.
6200
6201 @node problems with exclude
6202 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
6203
6204 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
6205 pitfalls:
6206
6207 @itemize @bullet
6208 @item
6209 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
6210 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
6211 components is excluded. In the example above, if
6212 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
6213 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
6214 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
6215
6216 @item
6217 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
6218 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
6219 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
6220 @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
6221 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
6222 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
6223
6224 @item
6225 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
6226 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
6227 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
6228 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
6229 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
6230 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
6231
6232 For example, write:
6233
6234 @smallexample
6235 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
6236 @end smallexample
6237
6238 @noindent
6239 rather than:
6240
6241 @smallexample
6242 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
6243 @end smallexample
6244
6245 @item
6246 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
6247 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
6248 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
6249 might fail.
6250
6251 @item
6252 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
6253 @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
6254 @samp{--exclude=@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
6255 @samp{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
6256 line and @samp{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
6257 patterns listed in a file.
6258
6259 @end itemize
6260
6261 @node Wildcards
6262 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6263
6264 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
6265 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
6266 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
6267 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
6268 of actual files in the filesystem. Wildcard patterns are also used for
6269 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
6270 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
6271
6272 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
6273
6274 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
6275 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
6276 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
6277 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
6278 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
6279 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
6280 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
6281 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
6282 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
6283
6284 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
6285 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
6286 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
6287 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
6288 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
6289 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
6290 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
6291 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
6292 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
6293 @emph{last} in a character class.)
6294
6295 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
6296 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
6297 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
6298 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
6299 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
6300 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
6301
6302 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
6303 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
6304 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
6305 @var{e}, inclusive.
6306
6307 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
6308 who don't have dan around.}
6309
6310 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
6311 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
6312 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
6313 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
6314
6315 @node after
6316 @section Operating Only on New Files
6317 @cindex Excluding file by age
6318 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
6319 @cindex Age, excluding files by
6320 @UNREVISED
6321
6322 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @command{tar} to only work on files
6323 whose modification or inode-changed times are newer than the @var{date}
6324 given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to
6325 be a file name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
6326 If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
6327 the archive will only include new files. If you use @samp{--after-date}
6328 when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will only extract files newer
6329 than the @var{date} you specify.
6330
6331 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
6332 modification of the actual contents of the file (rather than inode
6333 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
6334
6335 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
6336 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
6337 specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can compare when
6338 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
6339
6340 @table @kbd
6341 @item --after-date=@var{date}
6342 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
6343 @itemx -N @var{date}
6344 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
6345
6346 Acts on files only if their modification or inode-changed times are
6347 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
6348
6349 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
6350 name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
6351
6352 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
6353 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at modification times.
6354 @end table
6355
6356 These options limit @command{tar} to only operating on files which have
6357 been modified after the date specified. A file is considered to have
6358 changed if the contents have been modified, or if the owner,
6359 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
6360 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
6361 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
6362
6363 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the @code{mtime}
6364 (time the contents of the file were last modified) and @code{ctime}
6365 (time the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc)
6366 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only @code{mtime} field.
6367
6368 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
6369 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
6370 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
6371 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
6372 contents of the file were looked at).
6373
6374 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
6375 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
6376 arguments.
6377
6378 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
6379
6380 @quotation
6381 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
6382 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
6383 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
6384 @xref{incremental and listed-incremental}.
6385 @end quotation
6386
6387 @noindent
6388 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6389
6390 @node recurse
6391 @section Descending into Directories
6392 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6393 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6394 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6395 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6396 @UNREVISED
6397
6398 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6399
6400 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6401
6402 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6403 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
6404 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6405 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6406
6407 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6408 into specified directories. If you specify @samp{--no-recursion}, you can
6409 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6410 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6411 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6412 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6413 @command{tar}, or look.
6414
6415 @table @kbd
6416 @item --no-recursion
6417 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6418
6419 @item --recursion
6420 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6421 This is the default.
6422 @end table
6423
6424 When you use @samp{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6425 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6426 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6427 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6428 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6429 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6430 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6431 They then use the @value{op-files-from} option to archive the files
6432 located via @command{find}.
6433
6434 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6435 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6436 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
6437 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
6438 tell @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6439 no new files on its own.
6440
6441 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6442 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6443 the files under those directories.
6444
6445 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6446 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-patching with exclude}).
6447
6448 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6449 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6450 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6451
6452 @smallexample
6453 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --norecursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6454 @end smallexample
6455
6456 @noindent
6457 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6458 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6459 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6460
6461 @node one
6462 @section Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
6463 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6464 @UNREVISED
6465
6466 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6467 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6468 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6469 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
6470 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6471 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6472 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6473
6474 @table @kbd
6475 @item --one-file-system
6476 @itemx -l
6477 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6478 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6479 @end table
6480
6481 The @samp{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6482 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6483 a directory is not on the same filesystem as the directory itself, then
6484 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6485 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6486 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6487
6488 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6489 but nothing under it.
6490
6491 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6492 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6493 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6494 standard error.
6495
6496 @menu
6497 * directory:: Changing Directory
6498 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6499 @end menu
6500
6501 @node directory
6502 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6503
6504 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6505 things around some.}
6506
6507 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6508 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6509 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6510 @UNREVISED
6511
6512 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6513 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6514 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
6515 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
6516 the list.
6517
6518 @table @kbd
6519 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6520 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6521 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6522 @end table
6523
6524 For example,
6525
6526 @smallexample
6527 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6528 @end smallexample
6529
6530 @noindent
6531 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6532 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6533 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6534 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6535 store in the same archive.
6536
6537 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6538 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6539 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6540 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6541 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6542
6543 Contrast this with the command,
6544
6545 @smallexample
6546 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6547 @end smallexample
6548
6549 @noindent
6550 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6551 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6552 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6553 named @file{orange-colored}.
6554
6555 You can use the @samp{--directory} option to make the archive
6556 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6557 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6558 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6559 @file{foo.tar}:
6560
6561 @smallexample
6562 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6563 @end smallexample
6564
6565 @noindent
6566 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6567 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6568 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6569 directories where those files were located.
6570
6571 Note that @samp{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6572 @samp{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6573 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6574 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6575 @samp{--directory} option.
6576
6577 @FIXME{dan: does this mean that you *can* use the short option form, but
6578 you can *not* use the long option form with --files-from? or is this
6579 totally screwed?}
6580
6581 When using @samp{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put @samp{-C}
6582 options in the file list. Unfortunately, you cannot put
6583 @samp{--directory} options in the file list. (This interpretation can
6584 be disabled by using the @value{op-null} option.)
6585
6586 @node absolute
6587 @subsection Absolute File Names
6588 @UNREVISED
6589
6590 @table @kbd
6591 @item -P
6592 @itemx --absolute-names
6593 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6594 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6595 @end table
6596
6597 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6598 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6599 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6600
6601 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6602 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6603 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6604 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6605 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6606 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6607 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6608 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6609
6610 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6611 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6612 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6613
6614 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6615 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6616 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6617 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6618 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6619 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6620 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6621 be @file{bin/ls}.
6622
6623 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @command{tar} will do
6624 none of these transformations.
6625
6626 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6627 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
6628
6629 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6630 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6631 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6632
6633 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @command{tar} stores file names
6634 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
6635 If you only invoked @command{tar} from the root directory you would never
6636 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
6637 more convenient than switching to root.
6638
6639 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6640 to transfer files between systems.}
6641
6642 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6643
6644 @table @kbd
6645 @item --absolute-names
6646 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6647 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6648
6649 @end table
6650
6651 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6652
6653 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6654 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6655 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6656 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6657
6658 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6659 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6660 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6661
6662 @smallexample
6663 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6664 @end smallexample
6665
6666 @noindent
6667 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6668 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6669 For example:
6670
6671 @smallexample
6672 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6673 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6674 @end smallexample
6675
6676 @include getdate.texi
6677
6678 @node Formats
6679 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6680
6681 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6682 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6683 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6684
6685 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6686 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6687
6688 @table @asis
6689 @item gnu
6690 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
6691 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
6692 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
6693 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
6694 formats.
6695
6696 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold pathnames of unlimited
6697 length.
6698
6699 @item oldgnu
6700 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6701
6702 @item v7
6703 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
6704 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
6705 are:
6706
6707 @enumerate
6708 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
6709 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
6710 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
6711 devices, fifos etc.)
6712 @item Maximum value of user or group ID is limited to 2097151 (7777777
6713 octal)
6714 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
6715 and group name of the file owner).
6716 @end enumerate
6717
6718 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
6719 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
6720 however this means that projects containing filenames more than 99
6721 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
6722 Automake prior to 1.9.
6723
6724 @item ustar
6725 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
6726 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
6727 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
6728
6729 @enumerate
6730 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
6731 provided that the filename can be split at directory separator in
6732 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
6733 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
6734 characters.
6735 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
6736 100 characters.
6737 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accomodate
6738 is 8GB
6739 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
6740 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
6741 @end enumerate
6742
6743 @item star
6744 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
6745 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
6746 currently does not produce them.
6747
6748 @item posix
6749 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
6750 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
6751 restrictions on file sizes or filename lengths. This format is quite
6752 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
6753 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
6754 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
6755 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
6756 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
6757 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
6758
6759 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
6760 of @GNUTAR{}.
6761
6762 @end table
6763
6764 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
6765 formats:
6766
6767 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
6768 @item Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab Path Name @tab Devn
6769 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6770 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6771 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
6772 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
6773 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
6774 @end multitable
6775
6776 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6777 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6778 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6779 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6780 switch to @samp{posix}.
6781
6782 @menu
6783 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6784 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6785 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6786 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6787 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6788 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6789 @end menu
6790
6791 @node Portability
6792 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6793
6794 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6795 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6796 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6797 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6798 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6799 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6800 archives more portable.
6801
6802 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6803 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6804 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6805 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6806
6807 @menu
6808 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6809 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6810 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6811 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
6812 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6813 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
6814 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6815 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6816 @end menu
6817
6818 @node Portable Names
6819 @subsection Portable Names
6820
6821 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6822 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6823 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6824 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6825 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6826 less.
6827
6828 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6829 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6830 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6831 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6832 than System V's.
6833
6834 @node dereference
6835 @subsection Symbolic Links
6836 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6837 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6838
6839 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6840 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6841 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the filesystem contents.
6842 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes
6843 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6844 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6845 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6846 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6847
6848 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6849 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6850 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6851 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6852 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6853 system.
6854
6855 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6856 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6857 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6858
6859 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6860 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6861 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6862 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6863
6864 @node old
6865 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6866 @cindex Format, old style
6867 @cindex Old style format
6868 @cindex Old style archives
6869
6870 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6871 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6872 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6873 versions, specify the @value{op-format-v7} option in
6874 conjunction with the @value{op-create} (@command{tar} also
6875 accepts @samp{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6876 option). When you specify it,
6877 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6878 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6879 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6880
6881 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-format-v7}
6882 unless the archive was created using this option.
6883
6884 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6885 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6886 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
6887 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6888 always use @value{op-format-v7} for your distributions.
6889
6890 @node ustar
6891 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
6892
6893 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
6894 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
6895 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
6896 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
6897 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
6898 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
6899
6900 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @value{op-format-ustar}
6901 option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}.
6902
6903 @node gnu
6904 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
6905
6906 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
6907 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
6908 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
6909 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
6910 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
6911 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
6912 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
6913 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
6914 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
6915
6916 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
6917 this format by default. This will change in the future releases, since
6918 we plan to make @samp{posix} format the default.
6919
6920 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
6921 @value{op-format-gnu}.
6922
6923 Some @command{tar} options are currently basing on @GNUTAR{}
6924 format, and can therefore be used only with @samp{gnu}
6925 or @samp{oldgnu} archive formats. The list of such options follows:
6926
6927 @itemize @bullet
6928 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6929 @item @value{op-incremental}
6930 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6931 @end itemize
6932
6933 These options will be re-implemented for the @samp{posix} archive
6934 format in the future.
6935
6936 @node posix
6937 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
6938
6939 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
6940 to read and create archives conforming to @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} standard.
6941
6942 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
6943 was given @value{op-format-posix} option.
6944 Notice, that currently @acronym{GNU} extensions are not
6945 allowed with this format. Following is the list of options that
6946 cannot be used with @value{op-format-posix}:
6947
6948 @itemize @bullet
6949 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6950 @item @value{op-incremental}
6951 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6952 @end itemize
6953
6954 This restriction will disappear in the future versions.
6955
6956 @node Checksumming
6957 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6958
6959 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
6960 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
6961 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
6962 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
6963 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
6964 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
6965 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
6966 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
6967 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
6968 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
6969 vice versa.
6970
6971 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
6972 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
6973 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
6974 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
6975 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
6976 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
6977 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
6978 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6979
6980 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
6981 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6982 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6983 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6984 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6985 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6986 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6987 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6988 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
6989 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6990 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6991
6992 @node Large or Negative Values
6993 @subsection Large or Negative Values
6994 @cindex large values
6995 @cindex future time stamps
6996 @cindex negative time stamps
6997
6998 @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
6999 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
7000 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
7001 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
7002 generates @acronym{POSIX} representations when possible, but for values
7003 outside the @acronym{POSIX} range it generates two's-complement base-256
7004 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
7005 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
7006 representations. These representations are an extension to @acronym{POSIX}
7007 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
7008
7009 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
7010 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
7011
7012 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @acronym{POSIX}
7013 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
7014
7015 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @acronym{POSIX}
7016 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
7017 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
7018 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
7019 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
7020 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
7021
7022 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
7023 stamps are a common @acronym{POSIX} extension but their @code{time_t}
7024 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
7025 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
7026 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
7027 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
7028 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
7029 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
7030 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
7031
7032 @node Compression
7033 @section Using Less Space through Compression
7034
7035 @menu
7036 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
7037 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
7038 @end menu
7039
7040 @node gzip
7041 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
7042 @cindex Compressed archives
7043 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
7044 @UNREVISED
7045
7046 @table @kbd
7047 @item -z
7048 @itemx --gzip
7049 @itemx --ungzip
7050 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
7051 @end table
7052
7053 @FIXME{ach; these two bits orig from "compare" (?). where to put?} Some
7054 format parameters must be taken into consideration when modifying an
7055 archive.@FIXME{???} Compressed archives cannot be modified.
7056
7057 You can use @samp{--gzip} and @samp{--gunzip} on physical devices
7058 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
7059 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
7060 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
7061 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
7062 override them, avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run @command{gzip}
7063 explicitly. (Or set the @env{GZIP} environment variable.)
7064
7065 The @value{op-gzip} option does not work with the @value{op-multi-volume}
7066 option, or with the @value{op-update}, @value{op-append},
7067 @value{op-concatenate}, or @value{op-delete} operations.
7068
7069 It is not exact to say that @GNUTAR{} is to work in concert
7070 with @command{gzip} in a way similar to @command{zip}, say. Surely, it is
7071 possible that @command{tar} and @command{gzip} be done with a single call,
7072 like in:
7073
7074 @smallexample
7075 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
7076 @end smallexample
7077
7078 @noindent
7079 to save all of @samp{subdir} into a @code{gzip}'ed archive. Later you
7080 can do:
7081
7082 @smallexample
7083 $ @kbd{tar xfz archive.tar.gz}
7084 @end smallexample
7085
7086 @noindent
7087 to explode and unpack.
7088
7089 The difference is that the whole archive is compressed. With
7090 @command{zip}, archive members are archived individually. @command{tar}'s
7091 method yields better compression. On the other hand, one can view the
7092 contents of a @command{zip} archive without having to decompress it. As
7093 for the @command{tar} and @command{gzip} tandem, you need to decompress the
7094 archive to see its contents. However, this may be done without needing
7095 disk space, by using pipes internally:
7096
7097 @smallexample
7098 $ @kbd{tar tfz archive.tar.gz}
7099 @end smallexample
7100
7101 @cindex corrupted archives
7102 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
7103 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
7104 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
7105 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
7106 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
7107 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
7108
7109 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
7110 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
7111 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
7112 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
7113 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
7114 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
7115
7116 @table @kbd
7117 @item -j
7118 @itemx --bzip2
7119 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
7120
7121 @item -Z
7122 @itemx --compress
7123 @itemx --uncompress
7124 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like
7125 @value{op-gzip}.
7126
7127 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
7128 Filter through @var{prog} (must accept @samp{-d}).
7129 @end table
7130
7131 @value{op-compress} stores an archive in compressed format. This
7132 option is useful in saving time over networks and space in pipes, and
7133 when storage space is at a premium. @value{op-compress} causes
7134 @command{tar} to compress when writing the archive, or to uncompress when
7135 reading the archive.
7136
7137 To perform compression and uncompression on the archive, @command{tar}
7138 runs the @command{compress} utility. @command{tar} uses the default
7139 compression parameters; if you need to override them, avoid the
7140 @value{op-compress} option and run the @command{compress} utility
7141 explicitly. It is useful to be able to call the @command{compress}
7142 utility from within @command{tar} because the @command{compress} utility by
7143 itself cannot access remote tape drives.
7144
7145 The @value{op-compress} option will not work in conjunction with the
7146 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update}
7147 and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for
7148 more information on these operations.
7149
7150 If there is no compress utility available, @command{tar} will report an error.
7151 @strong{Please note} that the @command{compress} program may be covered by
7152 a patent, and therefore we recommend you stop using it.
7153
7154 @value{op-bzip2} acts like @value{op-compress}, except that it uses
7155 the @code{bzip2} utility.
7156
7157 @table @kbd
7158 @item --compress
7159 @itemx --uncompress
7160 @itemx -z
7161 @itemx -Z
7162 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will compress (when
7163 writing an archive), or uncompress (when reading an archive). Used in
7164 conjunction with the @value{op-create}, @value{op-extract},
7165 @value{op-list} and @value{op-compare} operations.
7166 @end table
7167
7168 You can have archives be compressed by using the @value{op-gzip} option.
7169 This will arrange for @command{tar} to use the @command{gzip} program to be
7170 used to compress or uncompress the archive wren writing or reading it.
7171
7172 To use the older, obsolete, @command{compress} program, use the
7173 @value{op-compress} option. The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
7174 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
7175 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
7176 @command{compress}.
7177
7178 @FIXME{I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
7179 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like
7180 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
7181 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
7182 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
7183 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
7184 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
7185 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
7186 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
7187 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
7188
7189 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
7190 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
7191 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
7192 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
7193 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
7194
7195 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
7196 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
7197 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
7198 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
7199 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
7200
7201 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
7202 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
7203 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
7204 way you want. It should recognize the @samp{-d} option, for when
7205 extraction is needed rather than creation.
7206
7207 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
7208 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
7209 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
7210 end up with less space on the tape.}
7211
7212 @node sparse
7213 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
7214 @cindex Sparse Files
7215 @UNREVISED
7216
7217 @table @kbd
7218 @item -S
7219 @itemx --sparse
7220 Handle sparse files efficiently.
7221 @end table
7222
7223 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
7224 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
7225 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
7226 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
7227 space needed to store such a file.
7228
7229 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
7230 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
7231 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
7232 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
7233
7234 Files in the filesystem occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
7235 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
7236 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
7237 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
7238 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
7239 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
7240 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
7241 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
7242 disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches
7243 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
7244 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
7245 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
7246 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
7247 holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
7248 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @command{tar} archives won't take
7249 more space than the original.
7250
7251 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
7252 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
7253 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
7254 operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
7255 If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
7256 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
7257 about creating archives.
7258
7259 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
7260 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
7261 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
7262
7263 @quotation
7264 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
7265 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
7266 sparsely in the system.
7267
7268 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
7269 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
7270 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
7271 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
7272 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
7273 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
7274 @end quotation
7275
7276 @command{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
7277
7278 @table @kbd
7279 @item --sparse
7280 @itemx -S
7281 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
7282 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
7283 @end table
7284
7285 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
7286 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
7287 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
7288 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
7289 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
7290 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
7291 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
7292 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
7293 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
7294 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
7295
7296 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
7297 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
7298 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
7299 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
7300 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
7301 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
7302 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
7303
7304 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
7305 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
7306 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
7307 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
7308 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
7309 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
7310 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
7311 1990-12-10:
7312
7313 @quotation
7314 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
7315 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
7316 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
7317 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
7318 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
7319 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
7320
7321 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
7322 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
7323 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
7324 get it right.
7325 @end quotation
7326
7327 @node Attributes
7328 @section Handling File Attributes
7329 @UNREVISED
7330
7331 When @command{tar} reads files, this causes them to have the access
7332 times updated. To have @command{tar} attempt to set the access times
7333 back to what they were before they were read, use the
7334 @value{op-atime-preserve} option.
7335
7336 Handling of file attributes
7337
7338 @table @kbd
7339 @item --atime-preserve
7340 Preserve access times on files that are read.
7341 This doesn't work for files that
7342 you don't own, unless you're root, and it doesn't interact with
7343 incremental dumps nicely (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or
7344 modification times incorrectly if other programs access the file while
7345 @command{tar} is running; but it is good enough for some purposes.
7346
7347 @item -m
7348 @itemx --touch
7349 Do not extract file modified time.
7350
7351 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the modification times
7352 of the files it extracts as the time when the files were extracted,
7353 instead of setting it to the time recorded in the archive.
7354
7355 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7356
7357 @item --same-owner
7358 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7359 archive.
7360
7361 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
7362 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
7363 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7364 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7365 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7366 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7367 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7368
7369 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
7370 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7371 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7372 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions},
7373 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7374 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7375 stored in the archive instead.
7376
7377 @item --no-same-owner
7378 @itemx -o
7379 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
7380 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
7381 only for the superuser.
7382
7383 @item --numeric-owner
7384 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7385 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7386 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7387 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7388 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7389
7390 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7391 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7392 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7393 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7394 one belonging to the filesystem(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7395 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7396 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7397 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7398
7399 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
7400 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7401 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
7402 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7403 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7404 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7405
7406 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7407 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7408 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7409 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7410 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7411 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7412 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7413 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7414 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
7415 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
7416 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
7417 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
7418 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
7419 gives you a great deal of control already.
7420
7421 @item -p
7422 @itemx --same-permissions
7423 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7424 Extract all protection information.
7425
7426 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7427 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7428 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7429 on extracted files.
7430
7431 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7432
7433 @item --preserve
7434 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
7435
7436 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7437 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
7438
7439 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7440
7441 @end table
7442
7443 @node Standard
7444 @section Basic Tar Format
7445 @UNREVISED
7446
7447 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7448 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7449 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7450 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7451 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7452 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
7453 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
7454
7455 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7456 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
7457 bytes. A file
7458 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7459 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7460 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7461 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7462 information about file types.
7463
7464 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7465 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7466 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7467 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7468 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7469 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7470
7471 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7472 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7473 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7474
7475 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7476 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7477 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7478
7479 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7480 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7481 of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
7482 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7483 should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
7484 must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
7485 particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
7486
7487 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7488 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7489 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7490 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7491 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7492 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7493 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7494 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7495 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7496 records after a zero block.
7497
7498 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7499 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7500
7501 @smallexample
7502 @include header.texi
7503 @end smallexample
7504
7505 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7506 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7507 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7508 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7509 contiguously.
7510
7511 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7512 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7513 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7514 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7515 of file contents is performed.
7516
7517 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7518 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7519 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7520 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
7521
7522 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7523 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7524
7525 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7526
7527 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7528 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7529 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7530 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7531 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7532 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7533 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7534 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7535 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g.@: the
7536 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7537
7538 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7539 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7540 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7541
7542 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7543 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7544 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.}
7545
7546 The @code{mtime} field is the modification time of the file at the time
7547 it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal value of
7548 the last time the file was modified, represented as an integer number of
7549 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7550
7551 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7552 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7553 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7554 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7555 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7556 if it were all blanks.
7557
7558 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7559 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7560 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7561 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7562
7563 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7564 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access time
7565 and last inode-change time.
7566
7567 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7568 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7569 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7570 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7571 continued at.
7572
7573 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7574 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7575 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7576 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7577 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7578 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7579 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7580 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7581 differently from non-sparse files.
7582
7583 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7584 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7585 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7586 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7587 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7588 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7589 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7590 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7591 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7592 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7593 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7594 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7595 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7596 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7597 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7598 used to handle a sparse file:
7599
7600 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7601 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7602 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7603 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7604 array element.
7605
7606 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7607 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7608
7609 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7610 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7611 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7612 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7613 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7614 an extended_header is needed.
7615
7616 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7617 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7618 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7619 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7620
7621 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7622 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7623 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7624 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7625
7626 @table @asis
7627
7628 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7629 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7630 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7631 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7632 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7633 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7634 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7635 ends with a slash as a directory.
7636
7637 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7638 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7639 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7640 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7641 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7642
7643 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7644 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7645 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7646
7647 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7648 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7649 These represent character special files and block special files
7650 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7651 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7652 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7653 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7654
7655 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7656 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7657 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7658 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7659 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7660 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7661 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7662 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7663 @code{size} field.
7664
7665 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7666 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7667 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7668
7669 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7670 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7671 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7672 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7673 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7674 type as a normal file.
7675
7676 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7677 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7678 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7679
7680 @end table
7681
7682 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7683 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7684
7685 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7686 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7687 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7688 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7689 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7690 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7691
7692 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7693 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7694 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7695 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7696
7697 @node Extensions
7698 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7699 @UNREVISED
7700
7701 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7702 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7703
7704 @table @code
7705 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7706 @itemx 'D'
7707 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7708 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7709 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7710 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7711 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7712 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7713 last file name.
7714
7715 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7716 @itemx 'M'
7717 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7718 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7719 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7720 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7721 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7722 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7723 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7724 the original size of the file.
7725
7726 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7727 @itemx 'S'
7728 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7729 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7730 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7731 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7732
7733 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7734 @itemx 'V'
7735 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7736 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7737 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7738 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7739 of an archive should have this type.
7740
7741 @end table
7742
7743 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7744 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @value{op-incremental},
7745 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were
7746 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7747 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7748 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7749 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7750 checksum error.
7751
7752 @node cpio
7753 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7754 @UNREVISED
7755
7756 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7757
7758 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7759 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7760 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7761 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7762 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7763 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7764
7765 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7766 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7767 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7768 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7769 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7770 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7771 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7772 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7773
7774 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7775 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7776 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7777 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7778
7779 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7780
7781 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7782 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7783 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7784
7785 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7786 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7787 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7788 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7789 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7790 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7791 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7792 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7793 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7794 make hard links between them.
7795
7796 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7797 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7798 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7799 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7800 of the names.
7801
7802 @quotation
7803 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7804 @end quotation
7805
7806 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7807 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7808 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7809
7810 @quotation
7811 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7812 at the unix scene,
7813 @end quotation
7814
7815 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7816 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7817 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7818 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7819 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7820
7821 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7822 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7823 rest of the files.
7824
7825 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7826
7827 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7828 to start on a record boundary.
7829
7830 @quotation
7831 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7832 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7833 crashed archives at all.)
7834 @end quotation
7835
7836 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7837 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7838 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7839 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7840 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7841 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7842 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7843 archive.
7844
7845 @quotation
7846 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7847 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7848 @end quotation
7849
7850 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7851 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7852 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7853 special files.
7854
7855 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7856 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7857 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7858 backwards compatibility.
7859
7860 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7861 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7862 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7863
7864 @node Media
7865 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7866 @UNREVISED
7867
7868 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7869 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7870
7871 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
7872 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7873 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
7874 such manipulation easier.
7875
7876 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7877 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7878
7879 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7880 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7881 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
7882 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7883
7884 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7885 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7886 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7887 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7888 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7889 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7890
7891 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7892 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7893 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7894 not a good idea.
7895
7896 @menu
7897 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7898 * Remote Tape Server::
7899 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7900 * Blocking:: Blocking
7901 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7902 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7903 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7904 * verify::
7905 * Write Protection::
7906 @end menu
7907
7908 @node Device
7909 @section Device Selection and Switching
7910 @UNREVISED
7911
7912 @table @kbd
7913 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7914 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7915 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7916 @end table
7917
7918 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
7919 works on.
7920
7921 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
7922 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7923 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7924 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7925 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7926
7927 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7928 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7929 sign (@kbd{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7930 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
7931 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
7932 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
7933 @command{rsh}.
7934 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
7935 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
7936 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
7937 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
7938 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
7939 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
7940 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
7941 runtime by using @value{op-rmt-command} option (@xref{Option Summary,
7942 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
7943 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
7944
7945 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
7946 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
7947 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
7948 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
7949 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
7950
7951 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
7952 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
7953 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
7954 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
7955 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
7956 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
7957 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
7958 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
7959 cartridges or diskettes.
7960
7961 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7962 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7963 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7964 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7965 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7966 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7967 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7968 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7969 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7970 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7971 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7972 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7973
7974 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
7975 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
7976 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
7977 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
7978 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7979
7980 @table @kbd
7981 @item --force-local
7982 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7983
7984 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7985 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
7986 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
7987 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7988
7989 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7990 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7991 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7992 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7993 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
7994 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7995
7996 @item -[0-7][lmh]
7997 Specify drive and density.
7998
7999 @item -M
8000 @itemx --multi-volume
8001 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
8002
8003 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
8004 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
8005 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
8006
8007 @item -L @var{num}
8008 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
8009 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
8010
8011 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
8012 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
8013 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
8014
8015 @item -F @var{file}
8016 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
8017 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
8018 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. If @file{file} exits with
8019 nonzero status, exit. This implies @value{op-multi-volume}.
8020 @end table
8021
8022 @node Remote Tape Server
8023 @section The Remote Tape Server
8024
8025 @cindex remote tape drive
8026 @pindex rmt
8027 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
8028 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
8029 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
8030 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
8031 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
8032 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
8033 using a different login name if one is supplied.
8034
8035 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
8036 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
8037 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
8038 installed by default.
8039
8040 @cindex absolute file names
8041 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @GNUTAR{}
8042 will not allow you to create an archive that contains
8043 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
8044 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
8045 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
8046 message telling you what it is doing.
8047
8048 When reading an archive that was created with a different
8049 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
8050 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
8051 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
8052 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
8053 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
8054 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
8055 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
8056 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
8057 backup tapes.
8058
8059 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
8060 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
8061 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
8062 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
8063 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
8064 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
8065 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
8066
8067 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
8068 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
8069 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
8070 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
8071 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
8072 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
8073
8074 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
8075 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
8076 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
8077 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
8078 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
8079 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
8080
8081 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
8082 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
8083 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
8084 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
8085 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
8086
8087 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
8088 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
8089
8090 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
8091 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
8092 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
8093 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
8094 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
8095 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
8096 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
8097 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
8098
8099 @node Common Problems and Solutions
8100 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
8101
8102 @ifclear PUBLISH
8103
8104 @format
8105 errors from system:
8106 permission denied
8107 no such file or directory
8108 not owner
8109
8110 errors from @command{tar}:
8111 directory checksum error
8112 header format error
8113
8114 errors from media/system:
8115 i/o error
8116 device busy
8117 @end format
8118
8119 @end ifclear
8120
8121 @node Blocking
8122 @section Blocking
8123 @UNREVISED
8124
8125 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
8126 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
8127 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
8128 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
8129 two terms in a quite consistent way.
8130
8131 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
8132 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
8133
8134 @quotation
8135 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
8136 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
8137 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
8138 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
8139 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
8140 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
8141 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
8142 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
8143 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
8144 parameter specified this to the operating system.
8145
8146 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
8147 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
8148 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
8149 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
8150 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
8151 into the source code too.
8152 @end quotation
8153
8154 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
8155 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
8156 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
8157 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
8158 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
8159 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
8160 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
8161 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
8162 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
8163 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
8164 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
8165 in @GNUTAR{}.
8166
8167 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
8168 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
8169 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
8170 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
8171 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
8172 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
8173 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
8174 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
8175 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
8176 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
8177 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
8178 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
8179 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
8180 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
8181 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
8182
8183 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
8184 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
8185 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
8186 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is
8187 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
8188 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
8189 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
8190 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
8191
8192 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
8193 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
8194 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
8195 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
8196 honor blocking.
8197
8198 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
8199 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
8200 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
8201 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
8202 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
8203 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
8204 blocking factor (with @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the
8205 actual blocking factor, and then use the @value{op-read-full-records}
8206 option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
8207 @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the
8208 @value{op-read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
8209 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
8210 you must always specify the record size exactly with
8211 @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
8212 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
8213 extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
8214 correctly.
8215
8216 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
8217 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
8218 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
8219 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
8220 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
8221
8222 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
8223 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
8224 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
8225 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
8226 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
8227 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
8228 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
8229 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
8230 around one megabyte.
8231
8232 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
8233 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
8234 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
8235 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
8236 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
8237 device.
8238
8239 @menu
8240 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
8241 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8242 @end menu
8243
8244 @node Format Variations
8245 @subsection Format Variations
8246 @cindex Format Parameters
8247 @cindex Format Options
8248 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
8249 @cindex Options, format specifying
8250 @UNREVISED
8251
8252 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
8253 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
8254 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
8255 store the archive.
8256
8257 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
8258 you can use the options described in the following sections.
8259 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
8260 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
8261 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
8262 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
8263 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
8264 examples of format parameter considerations.
8265
8266 @node Blocking Factor
8267 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8268 @cindex Blocking Factor
8269 @cindex Record Size
8270 @cindex Number of blocks per record
8271 @cindex Number of bytes per record
8272 @cindex Bytes per record
8273 @cindex Blocks per record
8274 @UNREVISED
8275
8276 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
8277 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
8278 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
8279 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
8280 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
8281 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (ie.@:
8282 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
8283 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
8284 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
8285
8286 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
8287 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
8288 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
8289 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
8290 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
8291 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
8292 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
8293 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
8294 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
8295 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
8296 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
8297 writing archives.
8298
8299 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
8300
8301 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
8302 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
8303 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
8304 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
8305 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
8306 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
8307
8308 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
8309 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
8310 example, this has been reported:
8311
8312 @smallexample
8313 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
8314 @end smallexample
8315
8316 @noindent
8317 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
8318 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
8319 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
8320 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
8321 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
8322 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
8323 for example, might resolve the problem.
8324
8325 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
8326 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
8327 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
8328 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
8329 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
8330 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
8331 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
8332 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
8333 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
8334 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
8335 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
8336 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
8337 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
8338
8339 @table @kbd
8340 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
8341 @itemx -b @var{number}
8342 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
8343 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
8344 @end table
8345
8346 Device blocking
8347
8348 @table @kbd
8349 @item -b @var{blocks}
8350 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
8351 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
8352
8353 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
8354 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
8355 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
8356 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
8357 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
8358 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
8359
8360 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
8361 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
8362 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
8363 running on old machines with small address spaces.
8364
8365 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
8366 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
8367 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
8368 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
8369 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
8370
8371 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
8372 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8373 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8374 updating the archive.
8375
8376 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8377 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8378 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8379 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8380
8381 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
8382 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
8383 the amount of available virtual memory.
8384
8385 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8386 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8387 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8388 @itemize @bullet
8389 @item
8390 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8391 @item
8392 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8393 redirected nor piped,
8394 @item
8395 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8396 device,
8397 @item
8398 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
8399 invocation.
8400 @end itemize
8401
8402 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
8403 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
8404 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
8405 topic:
8406
8407 @itemize @bullet
8408
8409 @item
8410 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8411 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8412 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8413 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8414 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8415 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8416
8417 @item
8418 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8419 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8420 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8421 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8422 ignored.
8423
8424 @item
8425 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8426 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8427 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8428 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
8429 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
8430 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8431 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8432
8433 @item
8434 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8435 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8436 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8437 @end itemize
8438
8439 @item -i
8440 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8441 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8442
8443 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
8444 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8445 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8446 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
8447 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8448 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
8449 the zeroed blocks.
8450
8451 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
8452 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8453 are stored on a single physical tape.
8454
8455 @item -B
8456 @itemx --read-full-records
8457 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8458
8459 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @command{tar} will not panic if an
8460 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
8461 Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
8462 record.
8463
8464 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
8465 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8466 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8467 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
8468 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
8469 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8470
8471 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8472
8473 @end table
8474
8475 Tape blocking
8476
8477 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8478
8479 @cindex blocking factor
8480 @cindex tape blocking
8481
8482 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8483 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8484 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8485 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8486 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8487 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8488 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8489 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8490 tape motion without loosing information.
8491
8492 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8493 @cindex DAT blocking
8494 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8495 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8496 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8497 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8498 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8499 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8500 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8501 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8502 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8503 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8504 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8505 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8506 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8507 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8508 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8509 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8510
8511 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8512 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8513 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8514 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8515
8516 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8517 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8518 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8519
8520 I might also use @samp{--number-blocks} instead of
8521 @samp{--block-number}, so @samp{--block} will then expand to
8522 @samp{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8523
8524 @node Many
8525 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8526
8527 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8528
8529 @findex ntape @r{device}
8530 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8531 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8532 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8533 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8534 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8535 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8536 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8537 device.
8538
8539 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8540 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8541 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8542 means that a simple:
8543
8544 @smallexample
8545 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8546 @end smallexample
8547
8548 @noindent
8549 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8550 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8551 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8552 just been saved.
8553
8554 @cindex tape positioning
8555 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8556 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8557 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8558 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8559 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8560 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8561 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8562 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8563 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8564 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8565 recovered.
8566
8567 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8568 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8569
8570 @smallexample
8571 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8572 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8573 @end smallexample
8574
8575 @cindex tape marks
8576 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8577 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8578 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8579 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8580 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8581 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8582 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8583 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8584 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8585 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8586 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8587
8588 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8589 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8590
8591 @smallexample
8592 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8593 @end smallexample
8594
8595 @noindent
8596 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8597
8598 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8599 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8600 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8601 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8602 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8603 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8604 these commands:
8605
8606 @smallexample
8607 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8608 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8609 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8610 @end smallexample
8611
8612 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8613 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8614
8615 @menu
8616 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8617 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8618 @end menu
8619
8620 @node Tape Positioning
8621 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8622 @UNREVISED
8623
8624 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8625 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8626 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8627 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8628 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8629 two at the end of all the file entries.
8630
8631 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8632 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8633
8634 @smallexample
8635 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8636 @end smallexample
8637
8638 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8639 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8640 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8641 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8642 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8643 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8644 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8645 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8646 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8647 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8648 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME{There is no such
8649 restore script!}@FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}@xref{mt}, for
8650 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8651
8652 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8653 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8654 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8655 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8656 following:
8657
8658 @smallexample
8659 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8660 @end smallexample
8661
8662 @node mt
8663 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8664 @UNREVISED
8665
8666 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8667 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8668 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8669
8670 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8671 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8672 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8673 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8674 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8675 together"?}
8676
8677 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8678
8679 @smallexample
8680 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8681 @end smallexample
8682
8683 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8684 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8685 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8686
8687 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8688
8689 @table @kbd
8690 @item eof
8691 @itemx weof
8692 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8693
8694 @item fsf
8695 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8696
8697 @item bsf
8698 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8699
8700 @item rewind
8701 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8702
8703 @item offline
8704 @itemx rewoff1
8705 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8706
8707 @item status
8708 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8709
8710 @end table
8711
8712 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8713
8714 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8715 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8716 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8717
8718 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8719 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8720 failed.
8721
8722 @FIXME{New node on how to find an archive?}
8723
8724 If you use @value{op-extract} with the @value{op-label} option specified,
8725 @command{tar} will read an archive label (the tape head has to be positioned
8726 on it) and print an error if the archive label doesn't match the
8727 @var{archive-name} specified. @var{archive-name} can be any regular
8728 expression. If the labels match, @command{tar} extracts the archive.
8729 @value{xref-label}.
8730 @FIXME-xref{Matching Format Parameters}@FIXME{fix cross
8731 references}@samp{tar --list --label} will cause @command{tar} to print the
8732 label.
8733
8734 @FIXME{Program to list all the labels on a tape?}
8735
8736 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8737 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8738 @UNREVISED
8739
8740 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8741 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8742 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8743 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire filesystems.
8744 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8745
8746 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @command{tar} will,
8747 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8748 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8749 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8750 file that @command{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8751 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8752 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8753 second tape when prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the
8754 file.)
8755
8756 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly
8757 portable format. You need @GNUTAR{} at both end to
8758 process them properly.
8759
8760 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8761 responses:
8762
8763 @table @kbd
8764 @item ?
8765 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8766 @item q
8767 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8768 @item n @var{file name}
8769 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8770 @item !
8771 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell.
8772 @item y
8773 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8774 @end table
8775
8776 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8777 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8778
8779 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8780 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8781 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8782 prompting procedure. If the program fails, @command{tar} exits;
8783 otherwise, @command{tar} begins writing the next volume. The behavior
8784 of the
8785 @samp{n} response to the normal tape-change prompt is not available
8786 if you use @value{op-info-script}.
8787
8788 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8789 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8790 @value{op-tape-length} option if @command{tar} can't detect the end of the
8791 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8792 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8793 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8794 never required for real, as far as we know.
8795
8796 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8797 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8798 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8799 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8800 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @command{tar} is
8801 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8802 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8803 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8804 the prompt.)
8805
8806 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of tape drives, then
8807 you can use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change prompt. This is
8808 error prone, however, and doesn't work at all with @value{op-info-script}.
8809 Therefore, if you give @command{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options, then
8810 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive volumes
8811 of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs to be
8812 used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run the info
8813 script).
8814
8815 Multi-volume archives
8816
8817 With @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} will not abort when it cannot
8818 read or write any more data. Instead, it will ask you to prepare a new
8819 volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you should change tapes
8820 now; if the archive is on a floppy disk, you should change disks, etc.
8821
8822 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
8823 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8824 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8825 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8826 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @samp{--extract
8827 --multi-volume} (@samp{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8828 the file begins.
8829
8830 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8831 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
8832 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8833 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8834
8835 @smallexample
8836 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8837 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8838 @end smallexample
8839
8840 @menu
8841 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8842 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8843 @end menu
8844
8845 @node Multi-Volume Archives
8846 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8847 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8848 @UNREVISED
8849
8850 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8851 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8852 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8853 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8854 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8855 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8856
8857 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
8858 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8859 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8860 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8861 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8862 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8863
8864 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8865 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8866 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8867 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8868 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8869 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8870
8871 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8872 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8873 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8874 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8875 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
8876 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8877 information about extracting archives.
8878
8879 @value{op-info-script} is like @value{op-multi-volume}, except that
8880 @command{tar} does not prompt you directly to change media volumes when
8881 a volume is full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored
8882 in @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
8883 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
8884 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name}
8885 is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8886
8887 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8888 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8889 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8890 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8891
8892 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8893 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
8894 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8895 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8896 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8897
8898 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
8899 @FIXME{example}
8900
8901 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8902 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8903
8904 @table @kbd
8905 @item --multi-volume
8906 @itemx -M
8907 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8908 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8909 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8910 operation.
8911
8912 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8913 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8914 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8915 @value{op-create}.
8916 @end table
8917
8918 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
8919 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
8920 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
8921 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
8922 The converse is also true: you may not expect
8923 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
8924 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
8925 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
8926 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
8927 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
8928 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
8929 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8930
8931 @node Tape Files
8932 @subsection Tape Files
8933 @UNREVISED
8934
8935 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8936 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8937 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8938 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8939 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
8940 @value{op-multi-volume}@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}, then the
8941 volume label will have
8942 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8943 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8944 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8945 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8946
8947 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8948 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8949 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8950 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8951 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
8952 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
8953 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8954
8955 People seem to often do:
8956
8957 @smallexample
8958 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8959 @end smallexample
8960
8961 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8962
8963 @node label
8964 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8965 @cindex Labeling an archive
8966 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8967 @UNREVISED
8968
8969 @table @kbd
8970 @item -V @var{name}
8971 @itemx --label=@var{name}
8972 Create archive with volume name @var{name}.
8973 @end table
8974
8975 This option causes @command{tar} to write out a @dfn{volume header} at
8976 the beginning of the archive. If @value{op-multi-volume} is used, each
8977 volume of the archive will have a volume header of @samp{@var{name}
8978 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
8979 next, and so on.
8980
8981 @FIXME{Should the arg to --label be a quoted string?? No.}
8982
8983 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8984 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8985 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8986 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8987 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8988
8989 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8990 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8991 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8992 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8993 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives, for information on creating multiple
8994 volume archives.}
8995
8996 If you list or extract an archive using @value{op-label}, @command{tar} will
8997 print an error if the archive label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8998 specified, and will then not list nor extract the archive. In those cases,
8999 @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted as a globbing-style pattern
9000 which must match the actual magnetic volume label. @xref{exclude}, for
9001 a precise description of how match is attempted@footnote{Previous versions
9002 of @command{tar} used full regular expression matching, or before that, only
9003 exact string matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the
9004 sake of simplicity to use a uniform matching device through @command{tar}.}.
9005 If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used, the volume label
9006 matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}}
9007 if the initial match fails, before giving up. Since the volume numbering
9008 is automatically added in labels at creation time, it sounded logical to
9009 equally help the user taking care of it when the archive is being read.
9010
9011 The @value{op-label} was once called @samp{--volume}, but is not available
9012 under that name anymore.
9013
9014 To find out an archive's label entry (or to find out if an archive has
9015 a label at all), use @samp{tar --list --verbose}. @command{tar} will
9016 print the label first, and then print archive member information, as
9017 in the example below:
9018
9019 @smallexample
9020 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
9021 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
9022 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
9023 @end smallexample
9024
9025 @table @kbd
9026 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
9027 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
9028 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
9029 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
9030 @value{op-create} option. Checks to make sure the archive label
9031 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with the
9032 @value{op-extract} option.
9033 @end table
9034
9035 To get a common information on all tapes of a series, use the
9036 @value{op-label} option. For having this information different in each
9037 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
9038 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
9039
9040 @smallexample
9041 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
9042 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
9043 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
9044 @end smallexample
9045
9046 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
9047 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
9048 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
9049 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
9050 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
9051 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
9052 is usually not the case.
9053
9054 @FIXME{was --volume}
9055
9056 @node verify
9057 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
9058 @cindex Verifying a write operation
9059 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
9060
9061 @table @kbd
9062 @item -W
9063 @itemx --verify
9064 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
9065 @end table
9066
9067 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
9068 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
9069 are recorded on the standard error output.
9070
9071 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
9072 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
9073 cannot be verified.
9074
9075 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
9076 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
9077 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
9078 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
9079 it is up to date.
9080
9081 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
9082 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
9083 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
9084 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
9085 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
9086
9087 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
9088 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
9089 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
9090 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
9091
9092 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file system
9093 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
9094 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
9095
9096 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
9097 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
9098 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
9099 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
9100 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
9101 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
9102 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
9103 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
9104 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
9105 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
9106 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
9107 the same volume as the one just written or read.
9108
9109 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
9110 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
9111 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
9112 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
9113 as long as programming is concerned.
9114
9115 The @value{op-verify} option will not work in conjunction with the
9116 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append},
9117 @value{op-update} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations},
9118 for more information on these operations.
9119
9120 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
9121 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
9122 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
9123 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
9124 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
9125
9126 @node Write Protection
9127 @section Write Protection
9128
9129 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
9130 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
9131 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
9132 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
9133 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
9134 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
9135
9136 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
9137 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
9138 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
9139 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
9140 changeable feature.
9141
9142 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
9143 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
9144 @include freemanuals.texi
9145
9146 @node Copying This Manual
9147 @appendix Copying This Manual
9148
9149 @menu
9150 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
9151 @end menu
9152
9153 @include fdl.texi
9154
9155 @node Index
9156 @appendix Index
9157
9158 @printindex cp
9159
9160 @summarycontents
9161 @contents
9162 @bye
9163
9164 @c Local variables:
9165 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
9166 @c End:
This page took 0.436284 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.